aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffhomepage
path: root/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorGravatar Chris Fallin <cfallin@c1f.net>2014-12-12 15:58:26 -0800
committerGravatar Chris Fallin <cfallin@c1f.net>2014-12-12 15:58:26 -0800
commit91473dcebfbd90a8e256568e287e168b70c77ff0 (patch)
tree6a2fc1a9242659963b5f3bae9c146d957027f5e2 /ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h
parentf473bb9903370cc9324b0881873e0d0861f5d325 (diff)
Rename protobuf Ruby module to google/protobuf and rework its build
system. The Ruby module build now uses an amalgamated distribution of upb, and successfully builds a Ruby gem called 'google-protobuf' with module 'google/protobuf'.
Diffstat (limited to 'ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h')
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h7439
1 files changed, 7439 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..150aef10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7439 @@
+// Amalgamated source file
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2012 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Defs are upb's internal representation of the constructs that can appear
+ * in a .proto file:
+ *
+ * - upb_msgdef: describes a "message" construct.
+ * - upb_fielddef: describes a message field.
+ * - upb_enumdef: describes an enum.
+ * (TODO: definitions of services).
+ *
+ * Like upb_refcounted objects, defs are mutable only until frozen, and are
+ * only thread-safe once frozen.
+ *
+ * This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+ * See the top-level README for more information.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_DEF_H_
+#define UPB_DEF_H_
+
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2012 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * A refcounting scheme that supports circular refs. It accomplishes this by
+ * partitioning the set of objects into groups such that no cycle spans groups;
+ * we can then reference-count the group as a whole and ignore refs within the
+ * group. When objects are mutable, these groups are computed very
+ * conservatively; we group any objects that have ever had a link between them.
+ * When objects are frozen, we compute strongly-connected components which
+ * allows us to be precise and only group objects that are actually cyclic.
+ *
+ * This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+ * See the top-level README for more information.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_REFCOUNTED_H_
+#define UPB_REFCOUNTED_H_
+
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This header is INTERNAL-ONLY! Its interfaces are not public or stable!
+ * This file defines very fast int->upb_value (inttable) and string->upb_value
+ * (strtable) hash tables.
+ *
+ * The table uses chained scatter with Brent's variation (inspired by the Lua
+ * implementation of hash tables). The hash function for strings is Austin
+ * Appleby's "MurmurHash."
+ *
+ * The inttable uses uintptr_t as its key, which guarantees it can be used to
+ * store pointers or integers of at least 32 bits (upb isn't really useful on
+ * systems where sizeof(void*) < 4).
+ *
+ * The table must be homogenous (all values of the same type). In debug
+ * mode, we check this on insert and lookup.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_TABLE_H_
+#define UPB_TABLE_H_
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file contains shared definitions that are widely used across upb.
+ *
+ * This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+ * See the top-level README for more information.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_H_
+#define UPB_H_
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+// inline if possible, emit standalone code if required.
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define UPB_INLINE inline
+#else
+#define UPB_INLINE static inline
+#endif
+
+#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+#define UPB_C99
+#endif
+
+#if ((defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) || \
+ defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__)) && !defined(UPB_NO_CXX11)
+#define UPB_CXX11
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UPB_CXX11
+#include <type_traits>
+#define UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) \
+ class_name(const class_name&) = delete; \
+ void operator=(const class_name&) = delete;
+#define UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(class_name, full_class_name) \
+ class_name() = delete; \
+ ~class_name() = delete; \
+ /* Friend Pointer<T> so it can access base class. */ \
+ friend class Pointer<full_class_name>; \
+ friend class Pointer<const full_class_name>; \
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name)
+#define UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(type) \
+ static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<type>::value, \
+ #type " must be standard layout");
+#else // !defined(UPB_CXX11)
+#define UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) \
+ class_name(const class_name&); \
+ void operator=(const class_name&);
+#define UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(class_name, full_class_name) \
+ class_name(); \
+ ~class_name(); \
+ /* Friend Pointer<T> so it can access base class. */ \
+ friend class Pointer<full_class_name>; \
+ friend class Pointer<const full_class_name>; \
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name)
+#define UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(type)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP private:
+#define UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) typedef cppname cname;
+#define UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C extern "C" {
+#define UPB_END_EXTERN_C }
+#define UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(cname, members) members;
+#define UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(cname, cbase, members) \
+ public: \
+ cbase* base() { return &base_; } \
+ const cbase* base() const { return &base_; } \
+ \
+ private: \
+ cbase base_; \
+ members;
+#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(cppname, cppmethods, members) \
+ class cppname { \
+ cppmethods \
+ members \
+ }; \
+ UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(cppname);
+#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(cppname, cppbase, cppmethods, members) \
+ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(cppname, cppmethods, members) \
+ namespace upb { \
+ template <> \
+ class Pointer<cppname> : public PointerBase<cppname, cppbase> { \
+ public: \
+ explicit Pointer(cppname* ptr) : PointerBase(ptr) {} \
+ }; \
+ template <> \
+ class Pointer<const cppname> \
+ : public PointerBase<const cppname, const cppbase> { \
+ public: \
+ explicit Pointer(const cppname* ptr) : PointerBase(ptr) {} \
+ }; \
+ }
+#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, cppmethods, members) \
+ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(cppname, UPB_QUOTE(cppmethods), members) \
+ namespace upb { \
+ template <> \
+ class Pointer<cppname> : public PointerBase2<cppname, cppbase, cppbase2> { \
+ public: \
+ explicit Pointer(cppname* ptr) : PointerBase2(ptr) {} \
+ }; \
+ template <> \
+ class Pointer<const cppname> \
+ : public PointerBase2<const cppname, const cppbase, const cppbase2> { \
+ public: \
+ explicit Pointer(const cppname* ptr) : PointerBase2(ptr) {} \
+ }; \
+ }
+
+#else // !defined(__cplusplus)
+
+#define UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+#define UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ struct cname; \
+ typedef struct cname cname;
+#define UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+#define UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+#define UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(cname, members) \
+ struct cname { \
+ members; \
+ };
+#define UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(cname, cbase, members) \
+ struct cname { \
+ cbase base; \
+ members; \
+ };
+#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(cppname, cppmethods, members) members
+#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(cppname, cppbase, cppmethods, members) members
+#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, cppmethods, members) \
+ members
+
+#endif // defined(__cplusplus)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define UPB_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
+#else
+#define UPB_NORETURN
+#endif
+
+#define UPB_MAX(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
+#define UPB_MIN(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y))
+
+#define UPB_UNUSED(var) (void)var
+
+// Code with commas confuses the preprocessor when passed as arguments, whether
+// C++ type names with commas (eg. Foo<int, int>) or code blocks that declare
+// variables (ie. int foo, bar).
+#define UPB_QUOTE(...) __VA_ARGS__
+
+// For asserting something about a variable when the variable is not used for
+// anything else. This prevents "unused variable" warnings when compiling in
+// debug mode.
+#define UPB_ASSERT_VAR(var, predicate) UPB_UNUSED(var); assert(predicate)
+
+// Generic function type.
+typedef void upb_func();
+
+/* Casts **********************************************************************/
+
+// Upcasts for C. For downcasts see the definitions of the subtypes.
+#define UPB_UPCAST(obj) (&(obj)->base)
+#define UPB_UPCAST2(obj) UPB_UPCAST(UPB_UPCAST(obj))
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+// Downcasts for C++. We can't use C++ inheritance directly and maintain
+// compatibility with C. So our inheritance is undeclared in C++.
+// Specializations of these casting functions are defined for appropriate type
+// pairs, and perform the necessary checks.
+//
+// Example:
+// upb::Def* def = <...>;
+// upb::MessageDef* = upb::dyn_cast<upb::MessageDef*>(def);
+
+namespace upb {
+
+// Casts to a direct subclass. The caller must know that cast is correct; an
+// incorrect cast will throw an assertion failure in debug mode.
+template<class To, class From> To down_cast(From* f);
+
+// Casts to a direct subclass. If the class does not actually match the given
+// subtype, returns NULL.
+template<class To, class From> To dyn_cast(From* f);
+
+// Pointer<T> is a simple wrapper around a T*. It is only constructed for
+// upcast() below, and its sole purpose is to be implicitly convertable to T* or
+// pointers to base classes, just as a pointer would be in regular C++ if the
+// inheritance were directly expressed as C++ inheritance.
+template <class T> class Pointer;
+
+// Casts to any base class, or the type itself (ie. can be a no-op).
+template <class T> inline Pointer<T> upcast(T *f) { return Pointer<T>(f); }
+
+template <class T, class Base>
+class PointerBase {
+ public:
+ explicit PointerBase(T* ptr) : ptr_(ptr) {}
+ operator T*() { return ptr_; }
+ operator Base*() { return ptr_->base(); }
+
+ private:
+ T* ptr_;
+};
+
+template <class T, class Base, class Base2>
+class PointerBase2 : public PointerBase<T, Base> {
+ public:
+ explicit PointerBase2(T* ptr) : PointerBase<T, Base>(ptr) {}
+ operator Base2*() { return Pointer<Base>(*this); }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* upb::reffed_ptr ************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#include <algorithm> // For std::swap().
+
+namespace upb {
+
+// Provides RAII semantics for upb refcounted objects. Each reffed_ptr owns a
+// ref on whatever object it points to (if any).
+template <class T> class reffed_ptr {
+ public:
+ reffed_ptr() : ptr_(NULL) {}
+
+ // If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor.
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr(U* val, const void* ref_donor = NULL)
+ : ptr_(upb::upcast(val)) {
+ if (ref_donor) {
+ assert(ptr_);
+ ptr_->DonateRef(ref_donor, this);
+ } else if (ptr_) {
+ ptr_->Ref(this);
+ }
+ }
+
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr(const reffed_ptr<U>& other)
+ : ptr_(upb::upcast(other.get())) {
+ if (ptr_) ptr_->Ref(this);
+ }
+
+ ~reffed_ptr() { if (ptr_) ptr_->Unref(this); }
+
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr& operator=(const reffed_ptr<U>& other) {
+ reset(other.get());
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ reffed_ptr& operator=(const reffed_ptr& other) {
+ reset(other.get());
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ // TODO(haberman): add C++11 move construction/assignment for greater
+ // efficiency.
+
+ void swap(reffed_ptr& other) {
+ if (ptr_ == other.ptr_) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (ptr_) ptr_->DonateRef(this, &other);
+ if (other.ptr_) other.ptr_->DonateRef(&other, this);
+ std::swap(ptr_, other.ptr_);
+ }
+
+ T& operator*() const {
+ assert(ptr_);
+ return *ptr_;
+ }
+
+ T* operator->() const {
+ assert(ptr_);
+ return ptr_;
+ }
+
+ T* get() const { return ptr_; }
+
+ // If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor.
+ template <class U>
+ void reset(U* ptr = NULL, const void* ref_donor = NULL) {
+ reffed_ptr(ptr, ref_donor).swap(*this);
+ }
+
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr<U> down_cast() {
+ return reffed_ptr<U>(upb::down_cast<U*>(get()));
+ }
+
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr<U> dyn_cast() {
+ return reffed_ptr<U>(upb::dyn_cast<U*>(get()));
+ }
+
+ // Plain release() is unsafe; if we were the only owner, it would leak the
+ // object. Instead we provide this:
+ T* ReleaseTo(const void* new_owner) {
+ T* ret = NULL;
+ ptr_->DonateRef(this, new_owner);
+ std::swap(ret, ptr_);
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ private:
+ T* ptr_;
+};
+
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+
+/* upb::Status ****************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+class ErrorSpace;
+class Status;
+}
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::ErrorSpace, upb_errorspace);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Status, upb_status);
+
+// The maximum length of an error message before it will get truncated.
+#define UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE 128
+
+// An error callback function is used to report errors from some component.
+// The function can return "true" to indicate that the component should try
+// to recover and proceed, but this is not always possible.
+typedef bool upb_errcb_t(void *closure, const upb_status* status);
+
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::ErrorSpace,
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_errorspace,
+ const char *name;
+ // Should the error message in the status object according to this code.
+ void (*set_message)(upb_status* status, int code);
+));
+
+// Object representing a success or failure status.
+// It owns no resources and allocates no memory, so it should work
+// even in OOM situations.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::Status,
+ public:
+ Status();
+
+ // Returns true if there is no error.
+ bool ok() const;
+
+ // Optional error space and code, useful if the caller wants to
+ // programmatically check the specific kind of error.
+ ErrorSpace* error_space();
+ int code() const;
+
+ const char *error_message() const;
+
+ // The error message will be truncated if it is longer than
+ // UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE-4.
+ void SetErrorMessage(const char* msg);
+ void SetFormattedErrorMessage(const char* fmt, ...);
+
+ // If there is no error message already, this will use the ErrorSpace to
+ // populate the error message for this code. The caller can still call
+ // SetErrorMessage() to give a more specific message.
+ void SetErrorCode(ErrorSpace* space, int code);
+
+ // Resets the status to a successful state with no message.
+ void Clear();
+
+ void CopyFrom(const Status& other);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Status);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_status,
+ bool ok_;
+
+ // Specific status code defined by some error space (optional).
+ int code_;
+ upb_errorspace *error_space_;
+
+ // Error message; NULL-terminated.
+ char msg[UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE];
+));
+
+#define UPB_STATUS_INIT {true, 0, NULL, {0}}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// The returned string is invalidated by any other call into the status.
+const char *upb_status_errmsg(const upb_status *status);
+bool upb_ok(const upb_status *status);
+upb_errorspace *upb_status_errspace(const upb_status *status);
+int upb_status_errcode(const upb_status *status);
+
+// Any of the functions that write to a status object allow status to be NULL,
+// to support use cases where the function's caller does not care about the
+// status message.
+void upb_status_clear(upb_status *status);
+void upb_status_seterrmsg(upb_status *status, const char *msg);
+void upb_status_seterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, ...);
+void upb_status_vseterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, va_list args);
+void upb_status_seterrcode(upb_status *status, upb_errorspace *space, int code);
+void upb_status_copy(upb_status *to, const upb_status *from);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} // extern "C"
+
+namespace upb {
+
+// C++ Wrappers
+inline Status::Status() { Clear(); }
+inline bool Status::ok() const { return upb_ok(this); }
+inline const char* Status::error_message() const {
+ return upb_status_errmsg(this);
+}
+inline void Status::SetErrorMessage(const char* msg) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(this, msg);
+}
+inline void Status::SetFormattedErrorMessage(const char* fmt, ...) {
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ upb_status_vseterrf(this, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+inline void Status::SetErrorCode(ErrorSpace* space, int code) {
+ upb_status_seterrcode(this, space, code);
+}
+inline void Status::Clear() { upb_status_clear(this); }
+inline void Status::CopyFrom(const Status& other) {
+ upb_status_copy(this, &other);
+}
+
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_H_ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* upb_value ******************************************************************/
+
+// A tagged union (stored untagged inside the table) so that we can check that
+// clients calling table accessors are correctly typed without having to have
+// an explosion of accessors.
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_CTYPE_INT32 = 1,
+ UPB_CTYPE_INT64 = 2,
+ UPB_CTYPE_UINT32 = 3,
+ UPB_CTYPE_UINT64 = 4,
+ UPB_CTYPE_BOOL = 5,
+ UPB_CTYPE_CSTR = 6,
+ UPB_CTYPE_PTR = 7,
+ UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR = 8,
+ UPB_CTYPE_FPTR = 9,
+} upb_ctype_t;
+
+typedef union {
+ int32_t int32;
+ int64_t int64;
+ uint64_t uint64;
+ uint32_t uint32;
+ bool _bool;
+ char *cstr;
+ void *ptr;
+ const void *constptr;
+ upb_func *fptr;
+} _upb_value;
+
+typedef struct {
+ _upb_value val;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ // In debug mode we carry the value type around also so we can check accesses
+ // to be sure the right member is being read.
+ upb_ctype_t ctype;
+#endif
+} upb_value;
+
+#ifdef UPB_C99
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, member) {.member = v}
+#endif
+#define UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE UPB_VALUE_INIT(NULL, ptr)
+
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+#define SET_TYPE(dest, val) UPB_UNUSED(val)
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_NONE {UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE}
+#else
+#define SET_TYPE(dest, val) dest = val
+// Non-existent type, all reads will fail.
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_NONE {UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, -1}
+#endif
+
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, int32)
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT64(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, int64)
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_UINT32(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, uint32)
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_UINT64(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, uint64)
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_BOOL(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, _bool)
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_CSTR(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, cstr)
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_PTR(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, ptr)
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, constptr)
+#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_FPTR(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, fptr)
+
+// Like strdup(), which isn't always available since it's not ANSI C.
+char *upb_strdup(const char *s);
+
+UPB_INLINE void _upb_value_setval(upb_value *v, _upb_value val,
+ upb_ctype_t ctype) {
+ v->val = val;
+ SET_TYPE(v->ctype, ctype);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_value _upb_value_val(_upb_value val, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
+ upb_value ret;
+ _upb_value_setval(&ret, val, ctype);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+// For each value ctype, define the following set of functions:
+//
+// // Get/set an int32 from a upb_value.
+// int32_t upb_value_getint32(upb_value val);
+// void upb_value_setint32(upb_value *val, int32_t cval);
+//
+// // Construct a new upb_value from an int32.
+// upb_value upb_value_int32(int32_t val);
+#define FUNCS(name, membername, type_t, proto_type) \
+ UPB_INLINE void upb_value_set ## name(upb_value *val, type_t cval) { \
+ val->val.uint64 = 0; \
+ SET_TYPE(val->ctype, proto_type); \
+ val->val.membername = cval; \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE upb_value upb_value_ ## name(type_t val) { \
+ upb_value ret; \
+ upb_value_set ## name(&ret, val); \
+ return ret; \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE type_t upb_value_get ## name(upb_value val) { \
+ assert(val.ctype == proto_type); \
+ return val.val.membername; \
+ }
+
+FUNCS(int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT32);
+FUNCS(int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT64);
+FUNCS(uint32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT32);
+FUNCS(uint64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64);
+FUNCS(bool, _bool, bool, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL);
+FUNCS(cstr, cstr, char*, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR);
+FUNCS(ptr, ptr, void*, UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
+FUNCS(constptr, constptr, const void*, UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR);
+FUNCS(fptr, fptr, upb_func*, UPB_CTYPE_FPTR);
+
+#undef FUNCS
+
+
+/* upb_table ******************************************************************/
+
+typedef union {
+ uintptr_t num;
+ const char *str; // We own, nullz.
+} upb_tabkey;
+
+#define UPB_TABKEY_NUM(n) {n}
+#ifdef UPB_C99
+#define UPB_TABKEY_STR(s) {.str = s}
+#endif
+// TODO(haberman): C++
+#define UPB_TABKEY_NONE {0}
+
+typedef struct _upb_tabent {
+ upb_tabkey key;
+ _upb_value val;
+ // Internal chaining. This is const so we can create static initializers for
+ // tables. We cast away const sometimes, but *only* when the containing
+ // upb_table is known to be non-const. This requires a bit of care, but
+ // the subtlety is confined to table.c.
+ const struct _upb_tabent *next;
+} upb_tabent;
+
+typedef struct {
+ size_t count; // Number of entries in the hash part.
+ size_t mask; // Mask to turn hash value -> bucket.
+ upb_ctype_t ctype; // Type of all values.
+ uint8_t size_lg2; // Size of the hash table part is 2^size_lg2 entries.
+
+ // Hash table entries.
+ // Making this const isn't entirely accurate; what we really want is for it to
+ // have the same const-ness as the table it's inside. But there's no way to
+ // declare that in C. So we have to make it const so that we can statically
+ // initialize const hash tables. Then we cast away const when we have to.
+ const upb_tabent *entries;
+} upb_table;
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_table t;
+} upb_strtable;
+
+#define UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries) \
+ {{count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries}}
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_table t; // For entries that don't fit in the array part.
+ const _upb_value *array; // Array part of the table. See const note above.
+ size_t array_size; // Array part size.
+ size_t array_count; // Array part number of elements.
+} upb_inttable;
+
+#define UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, ent, a, asize, acount) \
+ {{count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, ent}, a, asize, acount}
+
+#define UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(ctype) \
+ UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, ctype, 0, NULL, NULL, 0, 0)
+
+#define UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYVAL -1
+#define UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT64(UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYVAL)
+
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_table_size(const upb_table *t) {
+ if (t->size_lg2 == 0)
+ return 0;
+ else
+ return 1 << t->size_lg2;
+}
+
+// Internal-only functions, in .h file only out of necessity.
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_tabent_isempty(const upb_tabent *e) {
+ return e->key.num == 0;
+}
+
+// Used by some of the unit tests for generic hashing functionality.
+uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed);
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_tabkey upb_intkey(uintptr_t key) {
+ upb_tabkey k;
+ k.num = key;
+ return k;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE uint32_t upb_inthash(uintptr_t key) {
+ return (uint32_t)key;
+}
+
+static const upb_tabent *upb_getentry(const upb_table *t, uint32_t hash) {
+ return t->entries + (hash & t->mask);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_arrhas(_upb_value v) {
+ return v.uint64 != (uint64_t)UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYVAL;
+}
+
+// Initialize and uninitialize a table, respectively. If memory allocation
+// failed, false is returned that the table is uninitialized.
+bool upb_inttable_init(upb_inttable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype);
+bool upb_strtable_init(upb_strtable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype);
+void upb_inttable_uninit(upb_inttable *table);
+void upb_strtable_uninit(upb_strtable *table);
+
+// Returns the number of values in the table.
+size_t upb_inttable_count(const upb_inttable *t);
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_strtable_count(const upb_strtable *t) {
+ return t->t.count;
+}
+
+// Inserts the given key into the hashtable with the given value. The key must
+// not already exist in the hash table. For string tables, the key must be
+// NULL-terminated, and the table will make an internal copy of the key.
+// Inttables must not insert a value of UINTPTR_MAX.
+//
+// If a table resize was required but memory allocation failed, false is
+// returned and the table is unchanged.
+bool upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val);
+bool upb_strtable_insert(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, upb_value val);
+
+// Looks up key in this table, returning "true" if the key was found.
+// If v is non-NULL, copies the value for this key into *v.
+bool upb_inttable_lookup(const upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *v);
+bool upb_strtable_lookup2(const upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
+ upb_value *v);
+
+// For NULL-terminated strings.
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_lookup(const upb_strtable *t, const char *key,
+ upb_value *v) {
+ return upb_strtable_lookup2(t, key, strlen(key), v);
+}
+
+// Removes an item from the table. Returns true if the remove was successful,
+// and stores the removed item in *val if non-NULL.
+bool upb_inttable_remove(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *val);
+bool upb_strtable_remove(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, upb_value *val);
+
+// Updates an existing entry in an inttable. If the entry does not exist,
+// returns false and does nothing. Unlike insert/remove, this does not
+// invalidate iterators.
+bool upb_inttable_replace(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val);
+
+// Handy routines for treating an inttable like a stack. May not be mixed with
+// other insert/remove calls.
+bool upb_inttable_push(upb_inttable *t, upb_value val);
+upb_value upb_inttable_pop(upb_inttable *t);
+
+// Convenience routines for inttables with pointer keys.
+bool upb_inttable_insertptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value val);
+bool upb_inttable_removeptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val);
+bool upb_inttable_lookupptr(
+ const upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val);
+
+// Optimizes the table for the current set of entries, for both memory use and
+// lookup time. Client should call this after all entries have been inserted;
+// inserting more entries is legal, but will likely require a table resize.
+void upb_inttable_compact(upb_inttable *t);
+
+// A special-case inlinable version of the lookup routine for 32-bit integers.
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_lookup32(const upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key,
+ upb_value *v) {
+ *v = upb_value_int32(0); // Silence compiler warnings.
+ if (key < t->array_size) {
+ _upb_value arrval = t->array[key];
+ if (upb_arrhas(arrval)) {
+ _upb_value_setval(v, arrval, t->t.ctype);
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ const upb_tabent *e;
+ if (t->t.entries == NULL) return false;
+ for (e = upb_getentry(&t->t, upb_inthash(key)); true; e = e->next) {
+ if ((uint32_t)e->key.num == key) {
+ _upb_value_setval(v, e->val, t->t.ctype);
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (e->next == NULL) return false;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Exposed for testing only.
+bool upb_strtable_resize(upb_strtable *t, size_t size_lg2);
+
+/* Iterators ******************************************************************/
+
+// Iterators for int and string tables. We are subject to some kind of unusual
+// design constraints:
+//
+// For high-level languages:
+// - we must be able to guarantee that we don't crash or corrupt memory even if
+// the program accesses an invalidated iterator.
+//
+// For C++11 range-based for:
+// - iterators must be copyable
+// - iterators must be comparable
+// - it must be possible to construct an "end" value.
+//
+// Iteration order is undefined.
+//
+// Modifying the table invalidates iterators. upb_{str,int}table_done() is
+// guaranteed to work even on an invalidated iterator, as long as the table it
+// is iterating over has not been freed. Calling next() or accessing data from
+// an invalidated iterator yields unspecified elements from the table, but it is
+// guaranteed not to crash and to return real table elements (except when done()
+// is true).
+
+
+/* upb_strtable_iter **********************************************************/
+
+// upb_strtable_iter i;
+// upb_strtable_begin(&i, t);
+// for(; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
+// const char *key = upb_strtable_iter_key(&i);
+// const upb_value val = upb_strtable_iter_value(&i);
+// // ...
+// }
+
+typedef struct {
+ const upb_strtable *t;
+ size_t index;
+} upb_strtable_iter;
+
+void upb_strtable_begin(upb_strtable_iter *i, const upb_strtable *t);
+void upb_strtable_next(upb_strtable_iter *i);
+bool upb_strtable_done(const upb_strtable_iter *i);
+const char *upb_strtable_iter_key(upb_strtable_iter *i);
+upb_value upb_strtable_iter_value(const upb_strtable_iter *i);
+void upb_strtable_iter_setdone(upb_strtable_iter *i);
+bool upb_strtable_iter_isequal(const upb_strtable_iter *i1,
+ const upb_strtable_iter *i2);
+
+
+/* upb_inttable_iter **********************************************************/
+
+// upb_inttable_iter i;
+// upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
+// for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+// uintptr_t key = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+// upb_value val = upb_inttable_iter_value(&i);
+// // ...
+// }
+
+typedef struct {
+ const upb_inttable *t;
+ size_t index;
+ bool array_part;
+} upb_inttable_iter;
+
+void upb_inttable_begin(upb_inttable_iter *i, const upb_inttable *t);
+void upb_inttable_next(upb_inttable_iter *i);
+bool upb_inttable_done(const upb_inttable_iter *i);
+uintptr_t upb_inttable_iter_key(const upb_inttable_iter *i);
+upb_value upb_inttable_iter_value(const upb_inttable_iter *i);
+void upb_inttable_iter_setdone(upb_inttable_iter *i);
+bool upb_inttable_iter_isequal(const upb_inttable_iter *i1,
+ const upb_inttable_iter *i2);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_TABLE_H_ */
+
+// Reference tracking will check ref()/unref() operations to make sure the
+// ref ownership is correct. Where possible it will also make tools like
+// Valgrind attribute ref leaks to the code that took the leaked ref, not
+// the code that originally created the object.
+//
+// Enabling this requires the application to define upb_lock()/upb_unlock()
+// functions that acquire/release a global mutex (or #define UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE).
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb { class RefCounted; }
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::RefCounted, upb_refcounted);
+
+struct upb_refcounted_vtbl;
+
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::RefCounted,
+ public:
+ // Returns true if the given object is frozen.
+ bool IsFrozen() const;
+
+ // Increases the ref count, the new ref is owned by "owner" which must not
+ // already own a ref (and should not itself be a refcounted object if the ref
+ // could possibly be circular; see below).
+ // Thread-safe iff "this" is frozen.
+ void Ref(const void *owner) const;
+
+ // Release a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref() and collects any
+ // objects it can.
+ void Unref(const void *owner) const;
+
+ // Moves an existing ref from "from" to "to", without changing the overall
+ // ref count. DonateRef(foo, NULL, owner) is the same as Ref(foo, owner),
+ // but "to" may not be NULL.
+ void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const;
+
+ // Verifies that a ref to the given object is currently held by the given
+ // owner. Only effective in UPB_DEBUG_REFS builds.
+ void CheckRef(const void *owner) const;
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(RefCounted, upb::RefCounted);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_refcounted,
+ // A single reference count shared by all objects in the group.
+ uint32_t *group;
+
+ // A singly-linked list of all objects in the group.
+ upb_refcounted *next;
+
+ // Table of function pointers for this type.
+ const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl;
+
+ // Maintained only when mutable, this tracks the number of refs (but not
+ // ref2's) to this object. *group should be the sum of all individual_count
+ // in the group.
+ uint32_t individual_count;
+
+ bool is_frozen;
+
+#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+ upb_inttable *refs; // Maps owner -> trackedref for incoming refs.
+ upb_inttable *ref2s; // Set of targets for outgoing ref2s.
+#endif
+));
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// It is better to use tracked refs when possible, for the extra debugging
+// capability. But if this is not possible (because you don't have easy access
+// to a stable pointer value that is associated with the ref), you can pass
+// UPB_UNTRACKED_REF instead.
+extern const void *UPB_UNTRACKED_REF;
+
+// Native C API.
+bool upb_refcounted_isfrozen(const upb_refcounted *r);
+void upb_refcounted_ref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner);
+void upb_refcounted_unref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner);
+void upb_refcounted_donateref(
+ const upb_refcounted *r, const void *from, const void *to);
+void upb_refcounted_checkref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner);
+
+
+// Internal-to-upb Interface ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef void upb_refcounted_visit(const upb_refcounted *r,
+ const upb_refcounted *subobj,
+ void *closure);
+
+struct upb_refcounted_vtbl {
+ // Must visit all subobjects that are currently ref'd via upb_refcounted_ref2.
+ // Must be longjmp()-safe.
+ void (*visit)(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit, void *c);
+
+ // Must free the object and release all references to other objects.
+ void (*free)(upb_refcounted *r);
+};
+
+// Initializes the refcounted with a single ref for the given owner. Returns
+// false if memory could not be allocated.
+bool upb_refcounted_init(upb_refcounted *r,
+ const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl,
+ const void *owner);
+
+// Adds a ref from one refcounted object to another ("from" must not already
+// own a ref). These refs may be circular; cycles will be collected correctly
+// (if conservatively). These refs do not need to be freed in from's free()
+// function.
+void upb_refcounted_ref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from);
+
+// Removes a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref2(), and collects any
+// object it can. This is only necessary when "from" no longer points to "r",
+// and not from from's "free" function.
+void upb_refcounted_unref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from);
+
+#define upb_ref2(r, from) \
+ upb_refcounted_ref2((const upb_refcounted*)r, (upb_refcounted*)from)
+#define upb_unref2(r, from) \
+ upb_refcounted_unref2((const upb_refcounted*)r, (upb_refcounted*)from)
+
+// Freezes all mutable object reachable by ref2() refs from the given roots.
+// This will split refcounting groups into precise SCC groups, so that
+// refcounting of frozen objects can be more aggressive. If memory allocation
+// fails, or if more than 2**31 mutable objects are reachable from "roots", or
+// if the maximum depth of the graph exceeds "maxdepth", false is returned and
+// the objects are unchanged.
+//
+// After this operation succeeds, the objects are frozen/const, and may not be
+// used through non-const pointers. In particular, they may not be passed as
+// the second parameter of upb_refcounted_{ref,unref}2(). On the upside, all
+// operations on frozen refcounteds are threadsafe, and objects will be freed
+// at the precise moment that they become unreachable.
+//
+// Caller must own refs on each object in the "roots" list.
+bool upb_refcounted_freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
+ int maxdepth);
+
+// Shared by all compiled-in refcounted objects.
+extern uint32_t static_refcount;
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+#define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s) \
+ {&static_refcount, NULL, NULL, 0, true, refs, ref2s}
+#else
+#define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s) {&static_refcount, NULL, NULL, 0, true}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+// C++ Wrappers.
+namespace upb {
+inline bool RefCounted::IsFrozen() const {
+ return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(this);
+}
+inline void RefCounted::Ref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_refcounted_ref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void RefCounted::Unref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_refcounted_unref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void RefCounted::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const {
+ upb_refcounted_donateref(this, from, to);
+}
+inline void RefCounted::CheckRef(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_refcounted_checkref(this, owner);
+}
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+#endif // UPB_REFCOUNT_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <cstring>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace upb {
+class Def;
+class EnumDef;
+class FieldDef;
+class MessageDef;
+}
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Def, upb_def);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::EnumDef, upb_enumdef);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::FieldDef, upb_fielddef);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::MessageDef, upb_msgdef);
+
+// Maximum field number allowed for FieldDefs. This is an inherent limit of the
+// protobuf wire format.
+#define UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER ((1 << 29) - 1)
+
+// The maximum message depth that the type graph can have. This is a resource
+// limit for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the
+// graph. Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but
+// we must hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached.
+//
+// If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant
+// of Def::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter.
+#define UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_DEPTH 64
+
+
+/* upb::Def: base class for defs *********************************************/
+
+// All the different kind of defs we support. These correspond 1:1 with
+// declarations in a .proto file.
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_DEF_MSG,
+ UPB_DEF_FIELD,
+ UPB_DEF_ENUM,
+ UPB_DEF_SERVICE, // Not yet implemented.
+ UPB_DEF_ANY = -1, // Wildcard for upb_symtab_get*()
+} upb_deftype_t;
+
+// The base class of all defs. Its base is upb::RefCounted (use upb::upcast()
+// to convert).
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::Def, upb::RefCounted,
+ public:
+ typedef upb_deftype_t Type;
+
+ Def* Dup(const void *owner) const;
+
+ // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
+ bool IsFrozen() const;
+ void Ref(const void* owner) const;
+ void Unref(const void* owner) const;
+ void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
+ void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+
+ Type def_type() const;
+
+ // "fullname" is the def's fully-qualified name (eg. foo.bar.Message).
+ const char *full_name() const;
+
+ // The def must be mutable. Caller retains ownership of fullname. Defs are
+ // not required to have a name; if a def has no name when it is frozen, it
+ // will remain an anonymous def. On failure, returns false and details in "s"
+ // if non-NULL.
+ bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, upb::Status* s);
+ bool set_full_name(const std::string &fullname, upb::Status* s);
+
+ // Freezes the given defs; this validates all constraints and marks the defs
+ // as frozen (read-only). "defs" may not contain any fielddefs, but fields
+ // of any msgdefs will be frozen.
+ //
+ // Symbolic references to sub-types and enum defaults must have already been
+ // resolved. Any mutable defs reachable from any of "defs" must also be in
+ // the list; more formally, "defs" must be a transitive closure of mutable
+ // defs.
+ //
+ // After this operation succeeds, the finalized defs must only be accessed
+ // through a const pointer!
+ static bool Freeze(Def* const* defs, int n, Status* status);
+ static bool Freeze(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, Status* status);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Def, upb::Def);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_def, upb_refcounted,
+ const char *fullname;
+ upb_deftype_t type : 8;
+ // Used as a flag during the def's mutable stage. Must be false unless
+ // it is currently being used by a function on the stack. This allows
+ // us to easily determine which defs were passed into the function's
+ // current invocation.
+ bool came_from_user;
+));
+
+#define UPB_DEF_INIT(name, type, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s), name, type, false }
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// Native C API.
+upb_def *upb_def_dup(const upb_def *def, const void *owner);
+
+// From upb_refcounted.
+bool upb_def_isfrozen(const upb_def *def);
+void upb_def_ref(const upb_def *def, const void *owner);
+void upb_def_unref(const upb_def *def, const void *owner);
+void upb_def_donateref(const upb_def *def, const void *from, const void *to);
+void upb_def_checkref(const upb_def *def, const void *owner);
+
+upb_deftype_t upb_def_type(const upb_def *d);
+const char *upb_def_fullname(const upb_def *d);
+bool upb_def_setfullname(upb_def *def, const char *fullname, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_def_freeze(upb_def *const *defs, int n, upb_status *s);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+
+/* upb::Def casts *************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define UPB_CPP_CASTS(cname, cpptype) \
+ namespace upb { \
+ template <> \
+ inline cpptype *down_cast<cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \
+ return upb_downcast_##cname##_mutable(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline cpptype *dyn_cast<cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \
+ return upb_dyncast_##cname##_mutable(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline const cpptype *down_cast<const cpptype *, const Def>( \
+ const Def *def) { \
+ return upb_downcast_##cname(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline const cpptype *dyn_cast<const cpptype *, const Def>(const Def *def) { \
+ return upb_dyncast_##cname(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline const cpptype *down_cast<const cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \
+ return upb_downcast_##cname(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline const cpptype *dyn_cast<const cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \
+ return upb_dyncast_##cname(def); \
+ } \
+ } // namespace upb
+#else
+#define UPB_CPP_CASTS(cname, cpptype)
+#endif
+
+// Dynamic casts, for determining if a def is of a particular type at runtime.
+// Downcasts, for when some wants to assert that a def is of a particular type.
+// These are only checked if we are building debug.
+#define UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cpptype) \
+ UPB_INLINE const upb_##lower *upb_dyncast_##lower(const upb_def *def) { \
+ if (upb_def_type(def) != UPB_DEF_##upper) return NULL; \
+ return (upb_##lower *)def; \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE const upb_##lower *upb_downcast_##lower(const upb_def *def) { \
+ assert(upb_def_type(def) == UPB_DEF_##upper); \
+ return (const upb_##lower *)def; \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE upb_##lower *upb_dyncast_##lower##_mutable(upb_def *def) { \
+ return (upb_##lower *)upb_dyncast_##lower(def); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE upb_##lower *upb_downcast_##lower##_mutable(upb_def *def) { \
+ return (upb_##lower *)upb_downcast_##lower(def); \
+ } \
+ UPB_CPP_CASTS(lower, cpptype)
+
+#define UPB_DEFINE_DEF(cppname, lower, upper, cppmethods, members) \
+ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS2(cppname, upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, UPB_QUOTE(cppmethods), \
+ members) \
+ UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cppname)
+
+
+/* upb::FieldDef **************************************************************/
+
+// The types a field can have. Note that this list is not identical to the
+// types defined in descriptor.proto, which gives INT32 and SINT32 separate
+// types (we distinguish the two with the "integer encoding" enum below).
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_TYPE_FLOAT = 1,
+ UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE = 2,
+ UPB_TYPE_BOOL = 3,
+ UPB_TYPE_STRING = 4,
+ UPB_TYPE_BYTES = 5,
+ UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE = 6,
+ UPB_TYPE_ENUM = 7, // Enum values are int32.
+ UPB_TYPE_INT32 = 8,
+ UPB_TYPE_UINT32 = 9,
+ UPB_TYPE_INT64 = 10,
+ UPB_TYPE_UINT64 = 11,
+} upb_fieldtype_t;
+
+// The repeated-ness of each field; this matches descriptor.proto.
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL = 1,
+ UPB_LABEL_REQUIRED = 2,
+ UPB_LABEL_REPEATED = 3,
+} upb_label_t;
+
+// How integers should be encoded in serializations that offer multiple
+// integer encoding methods.
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE = 1,
+ UPB_INTFMT_FIXED = 2,
+ UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG = 3, // Only for signed types (INT32/INT64).
+} upb_intfmt_t;
+
+// Descriptor types, as defined in descriptor.proto.
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_DOUBLE = 1,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FLOAT = 2,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT64 = 3,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT64 = 4,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT32 = 5,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED64 = 6,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED32 = 7,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BOOL = 8,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STRING = 9,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_GROUP = 10,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE = 11,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BYTES = 12,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT32 = 13,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ENUM = 14,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED32 = 15,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED64 = 16,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT32 = 17,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT64 = 18,
+} upb_descriptortype_t;
+
+
+// A upb_fielddef describes a single field in a message. It is most often
+// found as a part of a upb_msgdef, but can also stand alone to represent
+// an extension.
+//
+// Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert).
+UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::FieldDef, fielddef, FIELD,
+ public:
+ typedef upb_fieldtype_t Type;
+ typedef upb_label_t Label;
+ typedef upb_intfmt_t IntegerFormat;
+ typedef upb_descriptortype_t DescriptorType;
+
+ // These return true if the given value is a valid member of the enumeration.
+ static bool CheckType(int32_t val);
+ static bool CheckLabel(int32_t val);
+ static bool CheckDescriptorType(int32_t val);
+ static bool CheckIntegerFormat(int32_t val);
+
+ // These convert to the given enumeration; they require that the value is
+ // valid.
+ static Type ConvertType(int32_t val);
+ static Label ConvertLabel(int32_t val);
+ static DescriptorType ConvertDescriptorType(int32_t val);
+ static IntegerFormat ConvertIntegerFormat(int32_t val);
+
+ // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ static reffed_ptr<FieldDef> New();
+
+ // Duplicates the given field, returning NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ // When a fielddef is duplicated, the subdef (if any) is made symbolic if it
+ // wasn't already. If the subdef is set but has no name (which is possible
+ // since msgdefs are not required to have a name) the new fielddef's subdef
+ // will be unset.
+ FieldDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
+
+ // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
+ bool IsFrozen() const;
+ void Ref(const void* owner) const;
+ void Unref(const void* owner) const;
+ void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
+ void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+
+ // Functionality from upb::Def.
+ const char* full_name() const;
+
+ bool type_is_set() const; // Whether set_[descriptor_]type() has been called.
+ Type type() const; // Requires that type_is_set() == true.
+ Label label() const; // Defaults to UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL.
+ const char* name() const; // NULL if uninitialized.
+ uint32_t number() const; // Returns 0 if uninitialized.
+ bool is_extension() const;
+
+ // For UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields only where is_tag_delimited() == false,
+ // indicates whether this field should have lazy parsing handlers that yield
+ // the unparsed string for the submessage.
+ //
+ // TODO(haberman): I think we want to move this into a FieldOptions container
+ // when we add support for custom options (the FieldOptions struct will
+ // contain both regular FieldOptions like "lazy" *and* custom options).
+ bool lazy() const;
+
+ // For non-string, non-submessage fields, this indicates whether binary
+ // protobufs are encoded in packed or non-packed format.
+ //
+ // TODO(haberman): see note above about putting options like this into a
+ // FieldOptions container.
+ bool packed() const;
+
+ // An integer that can be used as an index into an array of fields for
+ // whatever message this field belongs to. Guaranteed to be less than
+ // f->containing_type()->field_count(). May only be accessed once the def has
+ // been finalized.
+ int index() const;
+
+ // The MessageDef to which this field belongs.
+ //
+ // If this field has been added to a MessageDef, that message can be retrieved
+ // directly (this is always the case for frozen FieldDefs).
+ //
+ // If the field has not yet been added to a MessageDef, you can set the name
+ // of the containing type symbolically instead. This is mostly useful for
+ // extensions, where the extension is declared separately from the message.
+ const MessageDef* containing_type() const;
+ const char* containing_type_name();
+
+ // The field's type according to the enum in descriptor.proto. This is not
+ // the same as UPB_TYPE_*, because it distinguishes between (for example)
+ // INT32 and SINT32, whereas our "type" enum does not. This return of
+ // descriptor_type() is a function of type(), integer_format(), and
+ // is_tag_delimited(). Likewise set_descriptor_type() sets all three
+ // appropriately.
+ DescriptorType descriptor_type() const;
+
+ // Convenient field type tests.
+ bool IsSubMessage() const;
+ bool IsString() const;
+ bool IsSequence() const;
+ bool IsPrimitive() const;
+
+ // How integers are encoded. Only meaningful for integer types.
+ // Defaults to UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, and is reset when "type" changes.
+ IntegerFormat integer_format() const;
+
+ // Whether a submessage field is tag-delimited or not (if false, then
+ // length-delimited). May only be set when type() == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE.
+ bool is_tag_delimited() const;
+
+ // Returns the non-string default value for this fielddef, which may either
+ // be something the client set explicitly or the "default default" (0 for
+ // numbers, empty for strings). The field's type indicates the type of the
+ // returned value, except for enum fields that are still mutable.
+ //
+ // Requires that the given function matches the field's current type.
+ int64_t default_int64() const;
+ int32_t default_int32() const;
+ uint64_t default_uint64() const;
+ uint32_t default_uint32() const;
+ bool default_bool() const;
+ float default_float() const;
+ double default_double() const;
+
+ // The resulting string is always NULL-terminated. If non-NULL, the length
+ // will be stored in *len.
+ const char *default_string(size_t* len) const;
+
+ // For frozen UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, enum defaults can always be read as either
+ // string or int32, and both of these methods will always return true.
+ //
+ // For mutable UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, the story is a bit more complicated.
+ // Enum defaults are unusual. They can be specified either as string or int32,
+ // but to be valid the enum must have that value as a member. And if no
+ // default is specified, the "default default" comes from the EnumDef.
+ //
+ // We allow reading the default as either an int32 or a string, but only if
+ // we have a meaningful value to report. We have a meaningful value if it was
+ // set explicitly, or if we could get the "default default" from the EnumDef.
+ // Also if you explicitly set the name and we find the number in the EnumDef
+ bool EnumHasStringDefault() const;
+ bool EnumHasInt32Default() const;
+
+ // Submessage and enum fields must reference a "subdef", which is the
+ // upb::MessageDef or upb::EnumDef that defines their type. Note that when
+ // the FieldDef is mutable it may not have a subdef *yet*, but this function
+ // still returns true to indicate that the field's type requires a subdef.
+ bool HasSubDef() const;
+
+ // Returns the enum or submessage def for this field, if any. The field's
+ // type must match (ie. you may only call enum_subdef() for fields where
+ // type() == UPB_TYPE_ENUM). Returns NULL if the subdef has not been set or
+ // is currently set symbolically.
+ const EnumDef* enum_subdef() const;
+ const MessageDef* message_subdef() const;
+
+ // Returns the generic subdef for this field. Requires that HasSubDef() (ie.
+ // only works for UPB_TYPE_ENUM and UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields).
+ const Def* subdef() const;
+
+ // Returns the symbolic name of the subdef. If the subdef is currently set
+ // unresolved (ie. set symbolically) returns the symbolic name. If it has
+ // been resolved to a specific subdef, returns the name from that subdef.
+ const char* subdef_name() const;
+
+ //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ // Setters (non-const methods), only valid for mutable FieldDefs!
+ //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, upb::Status* s);
+ bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, upb::Status* s);
+
+ // This may only be called if containing_type() == NULL (ie. the field has not
+ // been added to a message yet).
+ bool set_containing_type_name(const char *name, Status* status);
+ bool set_containing_type_name(const std::string& name, Status* status);
+
+ // Defaults to false. When we freeze, we ensure that this can only be true
+ // for length-delimited message fields. Prior to freezing this can be true or
+ // false with no restrictions.
+ void set_lazy(bool lazy);
+
+ // Defaults to true. Sets whether this field is encoded in packed format.
+ void set_packed(bool packed);
+
+ // "type" or "descriptor_type" MUST be set explicitly before the fielddef is
+ // finalized. These setters require that the enum value is valid; if the
+ // value did not come directly from an enum constant, the caller should
+ // validate it first with the functions above (CheckFieldType(), etc).
+ void set_type(Type type);
+ void set_label(Label label);
+ void set_descriptor_type(DescriptorType type);
+ void set_is_extension(bool is_extension);
+
+ // "number" and "name" must be set before the FieldDef is added to a
+ // MessageDef, and may not be set after that.
+ //
+ // "name" is the same as full_name()/set_full_name(), but since fielddefs
+ // most often use simple, non-qualified names, we provide this accessor
+ // also. Generally only extensions will want to think of this name as
+ // fully-qualified.
+ bool set_number(uint32_t number, upb::Status* s);
+ bool set_name(const char* name, upb::Status* s);
+ bool set_name(const std::string& name, upb::Status* s);
+
+ void set_integer_format(IntegerFormat format);
+ bool set_tag_delimited(bool tag_delimited, upb::Status* s);
+
+ // Sets default value for the field. The call must exactly match the type
+ // of the field. Enum fields may use either setint32 or setstring to set
+ // the default numerically or symbolically, respectively, but symbolic
+ // defaults must be resolved before finalizing (see ResolveEnumDefault()).
+ //
+ // Changing the type of a field will reset its default.
+ void set_default_int64(int64_t val);
+ void set_default_int32(int32_t val);
+ void set_default_uint64(uint64_t val);
+ void set_default_uint32(uint32_t val);
+ void set_default_bool(bool val);
+ void set_default_float(float val);
+ void set_default_double(double val);
+ bool set_default_string(const void *str, size_t len, Status *s);
+ bool set_default_string(const std::string &str, Status *s);
+ void set_default_cstr(const char *str, Status *s);
+
+ // Before a fielddef is frozen, its subdef may be set either directly (with a
+ // upb::Def*) or symbolically. Symbolic refs must be resolved before the
+ // containing msgdef can be frozen (see upb_resolve() above). upb always
+ // guarantees that any def reachable from a live def will also be kept alive.
+ //
+ // Both methods require that upb_hassubdef(f) (so the type must be set prior
+ // to calling these methods). Returns false if this is not the case, or if
+ // the given subdef is not of the correct type. The subdef is reset if the
+ // field's type is changed. The subdef can be set to NULL to clear it.
+ bool set_subdef(const Def* subdef, Status* s);
+ bool set_enum_subdef(const EnumDef* subdef, Status* s);
+ bool set_message_subdef(const MessageDef* subdef, Status* s);
+ bool set_subdef_name(const char* name, Status* s);
+ bool set_subdef_name(const std::string &name, Status* s);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(FieldDef, upb::FieldDef);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_fielddef, upb_def,
+ union {
+ int64_t sint;
+ uint64_t uint;
+ double dbl;
+ float flt;
+ void *bytes;
+ } defaultval;
+ union {
+ const upb_msgdef *def; // If !msg_is_symbolic.
+ char *name; // If msg_is_symbolic.
+ } msg;
+ union {
+ const upb_def *def; // If !subdef_is_symbolic.
+ char *name; // If subdef_is_symbolic.
+ } sub; // The msgdef or enumdef for this field, if upb_hassubdef(f).
+ bool subdef_is_symbolic;
+ bool msg_is_symbolic;
+ bool default_is_string;
+ bool type_is_set_; // False until type is explicitly set.
+ bool is_extension_;
+ bool lazy_;
+ bool packed_;
+ upb_intfmt_t intfmt;
+ bool tagdelim;
+ upb_fieldtype_t type_;
+ upb_label_t label_;
+ uint32_t number_;
+ uint32_t selector_base; // Used to index into a upb::Handlers table.
+ uint32_t index_;
+));
+
+#define UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(label, type, intfmt, tagdelim, is_extension, lazy, \
+ packed, name, num, msgdef, subdef, selector_base, \
+ index, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \
+ { \
+ UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_FIELD, refs, ref2s), defaultval, {msgdef}, \
+ {subdef}, false, false, \
+ type == UPB_TYPE_STRING || type == UPB_TYPE_BYTES, true, is_extension, \
+ lazy, packed, intfmt, tagdelim, type, label, num, selector_base, index \
+ }
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// Native C API.
+upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_new(const void *owner);
+upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_dup(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner);
+
+// From upb_refcounted.
+bool upb_fielddef_isfrozen(const upb_fielddef *f);
+void upb_fielddef_ref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner);
+void upb_fielddef_unref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner);
+void upb_fielddef_donateref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *from,
+ const void *to);
+void upb_fielddef_checkref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner);
+
+// From upb_def.
+const char *upb_fielddef_fullname(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_setfullname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *fullname,
+ upb_status *s);
+
+bool upb_fielddef_typeisset(const upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_fieldtype_t upb_fielddef_type(const upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_descriptortype_t upb_fielddef_descriptortype(const upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_label_t upb_fielddef_label(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint32_t upb_fielddef_number(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const char *upb_fielddef_name(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_isextension(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_lazy(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_packed(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_containingtype(const upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_containingtype_mutable(upb_fielddef *f);
+const char *upb_fielddef_containingtypename(upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_intfmt_t upb_fielddef_intfmt(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint32_t upb_fielddef_index(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_istagdelim(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_issubmsg(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_isstring(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_isseq(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_isprimitive(const upb_fielddef *f);
+int64_t upb_fielddef_defaultint64(const upb_fielddef *f);
+int32_t upb_fielddef_defaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint64_t upb_fielddef_defaultuint64(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint32_t upb_fielddef_defaultuint32(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_defaultbool(const upb_fielddef *f);
+float upb_fielddef_defaultfloat(const upb_fielddef *f);
+double upb_fielddef_defaultdouble(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const char *upb_fielddef_defaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f, size_t *len);
+bool upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_hassubdef(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_def *upb_fielddef_subdef(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_enumdef *upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const char *upb_fielddef_subdefname(const upb_fielddef *f);
+
+void upb_fielddef_settype(upb_fielddef *f, upb_fieldtype_t type);
+void upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(upb_fielddef *f, int type);
+void upb_fielddef_setlabel(upb_fielddef *f, upb_label_t label);
+bool upb_fielddef_setnumber(upb_fielddef *f, uint32_t number, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name,
+ upb_status *s);
+void upb_fielddef_setisextension(upb_fielddef *f, bool is_extension);
+void upb_fielddef_setlazy(upb_fielddef *f, bool lazy);
+void upb_fielddef_setpacked(upb_fielddef *f, bool packed);
+void upb_fielddef_setintfmt(upb_fielddef *f, upb_intfmt_t fmt);
+void upb_fielddef_settagdelim(upb_fielddef *f, bool tag_delim);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultint64(upb_fielddef *f, int64_t val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(upb_fielddef *f, int32_t val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint64(upb_fielddef *f, uint64_t val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint32(upb_fielddef *f, uint32_t val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultbool(upb_fielddef *f, bool val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultfloat(upb_fielddef *f, float val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultdouble(upb_fielddef *f, double val);
+bool upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(upb_fielddef *f, const void *str, size_t len,
+ upb_status *s);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(upb_fielddef *f, const char *str,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_def *subdef,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_msgdef *subdef,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setenumsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_enumdef *subdef,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name,
+ upb_status *s);
+
+bool upb_fielddef_checklabel(int32_t label);
+bool upb_fielddef_checktype(int32_t type);
+bool upb_fielddef_checkdescriptortype(int32_t type);
+bool upb_fielddef_checkintfmt(int32_t fmt);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+
+/* upb::MessageDef ************************************************************/
+
+typedef upb_inttable_iter upb_msg_iter;
+
+// Structure that describes a single .proto message type.
+//
+// Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert).
+UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::MessageDef, msgdef, MSG, UPB_QUOTE(
+ public:
+ // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ static reffed_ptr<MessageDef> New();
+
+ // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
+ bool IsFrozen() const;
+ void Ref(const void* owner) const;
+ void Unref(const void* owner) const;
+ void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
+ void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+
+ // Functionality from upb::Def.
+ const char* full_name() const;
+ bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s);
+ bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s);
+
+ // Call to freeze this MessageDef.
+ // WARNING: this will fail if this message has any unfrozen submessages!
+ // Messages with cycles must be frozen as a batch using upb::Def::Freeze().
+ bool Freeze(Status* s);
+
+ // The number of fields that belong to the MessageDef.
+ int field_count() const;
+
+ // Adds a field (upb_fielddef object) to a msgdef. Requires that the msgdef
+ // and the fielddefs are mutable. The fielddef's name and number must be
+ // set, and the message may not already contain any field with this name or
+ // number, and this fielddef may not be part of another message. In error
+ // cases false is returned and the msgdef is unchanged.
+ bool AddField(FieldDef* f, Status* s);
+ bool AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& f, Status* s);
+
+ // These return NULL if the field is not found.
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number);
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name, size_t len);
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) const;
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len) const;
+
+
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name) {
+ return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name));
+ }
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name) const {
+ return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name));
+ }
+
+ template <class T>
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) {
+ return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
+ }
+ template <class T>
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) const {
+ return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
+ }
+
+ // Returns a new msgdef that is a copy of the given msgdef (and a copy of all
+ // the fields) but with any references to submessages broken and replaced
+ // with just the name of the submessage. Returns NULL if memory allocation
+ // failed.
+ //
+ // TODO(haberman): which is more useful, keeping fields resolved or
+ // unresolving them? If there's no obvious answer, Should this functionality
+ // just be moved into symtab.c?
+ MessageDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
+
+ // Iteration over fields. The order is undefined.
+ class iterator : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> {
+ public:
+ explicit iterator(MessageDef* md);
+ static iterator end(MessageDef* md);
+
+ void operator++();
+ FieldDef* operator*() const;
+ bool operator!=(const iterator& other) const;
+ bool operator==(const iterator& other) const;
+
+ private:
+ upb_msg_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ class const_iterator
+ : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, const FieldDef*> {
+ public:
+ explicit const_iterator(const MessageDef* md);
+ static const_iterator end(const MessageDef* md);
+
+ void operator++();
+ const FieldDef* operator*() const;
+ bool operator!=(const const_iterator& other) const;
+ bool operator==(const const_iterator& other) const;
+
+ private:
+ upb_msg_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ iterator begin();
+ iterator end();
+ const_iterator begin() const;
+ const_iterator end() const;
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(MessageDef, upb::MessageDef);
+),
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_msgdef, upb_def,
+ size_t selector_count;
+ uint32_t submsg_field_count;
+
+ // Tables for looking up fields by number and name.
+ upb_inttable itof; // int to field
+ upb_strtable ntof; // name to field
+
+ // TODO(haberman): proper extension ranges (there can be multiple).
+));
+
+#define UPB_MSGDEF_INIT(name, selector_count, submsg_field_count, itof, ntof, \
+ refs, ref2s) \
+ { \
+ UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_MSG, refs, ref2s), selector_count, \
+ submsg_field_count, itof, ntof \
+ }
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_new(const void *owner);
+
+// From upb_refcounted.
+bool upb_msgdef_isfrozen(const upb_msgdef *m);
+void upb_msgdef_ref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner);
+void upb_msgdef_unref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner);
+void upb_msgdef_donateref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *from,
+ const void *to);
+void upb_msgdef_checkref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner);
+bool upb_msgdef_freeze(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *status);
+
+// From upb_def.
+const char *upb_msgdef_fullname(const upb_msgdef *m);
+bool upb_msgdef_setfullname(upb_msgdef *m, const char *fullname, upb_status *s);
+
+upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_dup(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner);
+bool upb_msgdef_addfield(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, const void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *s);
+
+// Field lookup in a couple of different variations:
+// - itof = int to field
+// - ntof = name to field
+// - ntofz = name to field, null-terminated string.
+const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_itof(const upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t i);
+const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntof(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name,
+ size_t len);
+int upb_msgdef_numfields(const upb_msgdef *m);
+
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntofz(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const char *name) {
+ return upb_msgdef_ntof(m, name, strlen(name));
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_itof_mutable(upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t i) {
+ return (upb_fielddef*)upb_msgdef_itof(m, i);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntof_mutable(upb_msgdef *m,
+ const char *name, size_t len) {
+ return (upb_fielddef *)upb_msgdef_ntof(m, name, len);
+}
+
+// upb_msg_iter i;
+// for(upb_msg_begin(&i, m); !upb_msg_done(&i); upb_msg_next(&i)) {
+// upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+// // ...
+// }
+//
+// For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const.
+// It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to
+// const if the upb_msgdef* is const.
+void upb_msg_begin(upb_msg_iter *iter, const upb_msgdef *m);
+void upb_msg_next(upb_msg_iter *iter);
+bool upb_msg_done(const upb_msg_iter *iter);
+upb_fielddef *upb_msg_iter_field(const upb_msg_iter *iter);
+void upb_msg_iter_setdone(upb_msg_iter *iter);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+
+/* upb::EnumDef ***************************************************************/
+
+typedef upb_strtable_iter upb_enum_iter;
+
+// Class that represents an enum. Its base class is upb::Def (convert with
+// upb::upcast()).
+UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::EnumDef, enumdef, ENUM,
+ public:
+ // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ static reffed_ptr<EnumDef> New();
+
+ // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
+ bool IsFrozen() const;
+ void Ref(const void* owner) const;
+ void Unref(const void* owner) const;
+ void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
+ void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+
+ // Functionality from upb::Def.
+ const char* full_name() const;
+ bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s);
+ bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s);
+
+ // Call to freeze this EnumDef.
+ bool Freeze(Status* s);
+
+ // The value that is used as the default when no field default is specified.
+ // If not set explicitly, the first value that was added will be used.
+ // The default value must be a member of the enum.
+ // Requires that value_count() > 0.
+ int32_t default_value() const;
+
+ // Sets the default value. If this value is not valid, returns false and an
+ // error message in status.
+ bool set_default_value(int32_t val, Status* status);
+
+ // Returns the number of values currently defined in the enum. Note that
+ // multiple names can refer to the same number, so this may be greater than
+ // the total number of unique numbers.
+ int value_count() const;
+
+ // Adds a single name/number pair to the enum. Fails if this name has
+ // already been used by another value.
+ bool AddValue(const char* name, int32_t num, Status* status);
+ bool AddValue(const std::string& name, int32_t num, Status* status);
+
+ // Lookups from name to integer, returning true if found.
+ bool FindValueByName(const char* name, int32_t* num) const;
+
+ // Finds the name corresponding to the given number, or NULL if none was
+ // found. If more than one name corresponds to this number, returns the
+ // first one that was added.
+ const char* FindValueByNumber(int32_t num) const;
+
+ // Returns a new EnumDef with all the same values. The new EnumDef will be
+ // owned by the given owner.
+ EnumDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
+
+ // Iteration over name/value pairs. The order is undefined.
+ // Adding an enum val invalidates any iterators.
+ //
+ // TODO: make compatible with range-for, with elements as pairs?
+ class Iterator {
+ public:
+ explicit Iterator(const EnumDef*);
+
+ int32_t number();
+ const char *name();
+ bool Done();
+ void Next();
+
+ private:
+ upb_enum_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(EnumDef, upb::EnumDef);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_enumdef, upb_def,
+ upb_strtable ntoi;
+ upb_inttable iton;
+ int32_t defaultval;
+));
+
+#define UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT(name, ntoi, iton, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_ENUM, refs, ref2s), ntoi, iton, defaultval }
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// Native C API.
+upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_new(const void *owner);
+upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_dup(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner);
+
+// From upb_refcounted.
+void upb_enumdef_unref(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner);
+bool upb_enumdef_isfrozen(const upb_enumdef *e);
+void upb_enumdef_ref(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner);
+void upb_enumdef_donateref(const upb_enumdef *m, const void *from,
+ const void *to);
+void upb_enumdef_checkref(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner);
+bool upb_enumdef_freeze(upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *status);
+
+// From upb_def.
+const char *upb_enumdef_fullname(const upb_enumdef *e);
+bool upb_enumdef_setfullname(upb_enumdef *e, const char *fullname,
+ upb_status *s);
+
+int32_t upb_enumdef_default(const upb_enumdef *e);
+bool upb_enumdef_setdefault(upb_enumdef *e, int32_t val, upb_status *s);
+int upb_enumdef_numvals(const upb_enumdef *e);
+bool upb_enumdef_addval(upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, int32_t num,
+ upb_status *status);
+
+// Enum lookups:
+// - ntoi: look up a name with specified length.
+// - ntoiz: look up a name provided as a null-terminated string.
+// - iton: look up an integer, returning the name as a null-terminated string.
+bool upb_enumdef_ntoi(const upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, size_t len,
+ int32_t *num);
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_enumdef_ntoiz(const upb_enumdef *e,
+ const char *name, int32_t *num) {
+ return upb_enumdef_ntoi(e, name, strlen(name), num);
+}
+const char *upb_enumdef_iton(const upb_enumdef *e, int32_t num);
+
+// upb_enum_iter i;
+// for(upb_enum_begin(&i, e); !upb_enum_done(&i); upb_enum_next(&i)) {
+// // ...
+// }
+void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *iter, const upb_enumdef *e);
+void upb_enum_next(upb_enum_iter *iter);
+bool upb_enum_done(upb_enum_iter *iter);
+const char *upb_enum_iter_name(upb_enum_iter *iter);
+int32_t upb_enum_iter_number(upb_enum_iter *iter);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+UPB_INLINE const char* upb_safecstr(const std::string& str) {
+ assert(str.size() == std::strlen(str.c_str()));
+ return str.c_str();
+}
+
+// Inline C++ wrappers.
+namespace upb {
+
+inline Def* Def::Dup(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_def_dup(this, owner);
+}
+inline bool Def::IsFrozen() const { return upb_def_isfrozen(this); }
+inline void Def::Ref(const void* owner) const { upb_def_ref(this, owner); }
+inline void Def::Unref(const void* owner) const { upb_def_unref(this, owner); }
+inline void Def::DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const {
+ upb_def_donateref(this, from, to);
+}
+inline void Def::CheckRef(const void* owner) const {
+ upb_def_checkref(this, owner);
+}
+inline Def::Type Def::def_type() const { return upb_def_type(this); }
+inline const char* Def::full_name() const { return upb_def_fullname(this); }
+inline bool Def::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_def_setfullname(this, fullname, s);
+}
+inline bool Def::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_def_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s);
+}
+inline bool Def::Freeze(Def* const* defs, int n, Status* status) {
+ return upb_def_freeze(defs, n, status);
+}
+inline bool Def::Freeze(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, Status* status) {
+ return upb_def_freeze((Def* const*)&defs[0], defs.size(), status);
+}
+
+inline bool FieldDef::CheckType(int32_t val) {
+ return upb_fielddef_checktype(val);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::CheckLabel(int32_t val) {
+ return upb_fielddef_checklabel(val);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::CheckDescriptorType(int32_t val) {
+ return upb_fielddef_checkdescriptortype(val);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::CheckIntegerFormat(int32_t val) {
+ return upb_fielddef_checkintfmt(val);
+}
+inline FieldDef::Type FieldDef::ConvertType(int32_t val) {
+ assert(CheckType(val));
+ return static_cast<FieldDef::Type>(val);
+}
+inline FieldDef::Label FieldDef::ConvertLabel(int32_t val) {
+ assert(CheckLabel(val));
+ return static_cast<FieldDef::Label>(val);
+}
+inline FieldDef::DescriptorType FieldDef::ConvertDescriptorType(int32_t val) {
+ assert(CheckDescriptorType(val));
+ return static_cast<FieldDef::DescriptorType>(val);
+}
+inline FieldDef::IntegerFormat FieldDef::ConvertIntegerFormat(int32_t val) {
+ assert(CheckIntegerFormat(val));
+ return static_cast<FieldDef::IntegerFormat>(val);
+}
+
+inline reffed_ptr<FieldDef> FieldDef::New() {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_new(&f);
+ return reffed_ptr<FieldDef>(f, &f);
+}
+inline FieldDef* FieldDef::Dup(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_fielddef_dup(this, owner);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::IsFrozen() const { return upb_fielddef_isfrozen(this); }
+inline void FieldDef::Ref(const void* owner) const {
+ upb_fielddef_ref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::Unref(const void* owner) const {
+ upb_fielddef_unref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const {
+ upb_fielddef_donateref(this, from, to);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::CheckRef(const void* owner) const {
+ upb_fielddef_checkref(this, owner);
+}
+inline const char* FieldDef::full_name() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_fullname(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setfullname(this, fullname, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::type_is_set() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_typeisset(this);
+}
+inline FieldDef::Type FieldDef::type() const { return upb_fielddef_type(this); }
+inline FieldDef::DescriptorType FieldDef::descriptor_type() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_descriptortype(this);
+}
+inline FieldDef::Label FieldDef::label() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_label(this);
+}
+inline uint32_t FieldDef::number() const { return upb_fielddef_number(this); }
+inline const char* FieldDef::name() const { return upb_fielddef_name(this); }
+inline bool FieldDef::is_extension() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_isextension(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::lazy() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_lazy(this);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_lazy(bool lazy) {
+ upb_fielddef_setlazy(this, lazy);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::packed() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_packed(this);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_packed(bool packed) {
+ upb_fielddef_setpacked(this, packed);
+}
+inline const MessageDef* FieldDef::containing_type() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_containingtype(this);
+}
+inline const char* FieldDef::containing_type_name() {
+ return upb_fielddef_containingtypename(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_number(uint32_t number, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setnumber(this, number, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_name(const char *name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setname(this, name, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_name(const std::string& name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setname(this, upb_safecstr(name), s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_containing_type_name(const char *name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(this, name, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_containing_type_name(const std::string &name,
+ Status *s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(this, upb_safecstr(name), s);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_type(upb_fieldtype_t type) {
+ upb_fielddef_settype(this, type);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_is_extension(bool is_extension) {
+ upb_fielddef_setisextension(this, is_extension);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_descriptor_type(FieldDef::DescriptorType type) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(this, type);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_label(upb_label_t label) {
+ upb_fielddef_setlabel(this, label);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::IsSubMessage() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_issubmsg(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::IsString() const { return upb_fielddef_isstring(this); }
+inline bool FieldDef::IsSequence() const { return upb_fielddef_isseq(this); }
+inline int64_t FieldDef::default_int64() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultint64(this);
+}
+inline int32_t FieldDef::default_int32() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultint32(this);
+}
+inline uint64_t FieldDef::default_uint64() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultuint64(this);
+}
+inline uint32_t FieldDef::default_uint32() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultuint32(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::default_bool() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultbool(this);
+}
+inline float FieldDef::default_float() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultfloat(this);
+}
+inline double FieldDef::default_double() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultdouble(this);
+}
+inline const char* FieldDef::default_string(size_t* len) const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultstr(this, len);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_int64(int64_t value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultint64(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_int32(int32_t value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_uint64(uint64_t value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint64(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_uint32(uint32_t value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint32(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_bool(bool value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultbool(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_float(float value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultfloat(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_double(double value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultdouble(this, value);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_default_string(const void *str, size_t len,
+ Status *s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(this, str, len, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_default_string(const std::string& str, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(this, str.c_str(), str.size(), s);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_cstr(const char* str, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(this, str, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::HasSubDef() const { return upb_fielddef_hassubdef(this); }
+inline const Def* FieldDef::subdef() const { return upb_fielddef_subdef(this); }
+inline const MessageDef *FieldDef::message_subdef() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(this);
+}
+inline const EnumDef *FieldDef::enum_subdef() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(this);
+}
+inline const char* FieldDef::subdef_name() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_subdefname(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_subdef(const Def* subdef, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdef(this, subdef, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_enum_subdef(const EnumDef* subdef, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setenumsubdef(this, subdef, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_message_subdef(const MessageDef* subdef, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(this, subdef, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_subdef_name(const char* name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(this, name, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_subdef_name(const std::string& name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(this, upb_safecstr(name), s);
+}
+
+inline reffed_ptr<MessageDef> MessageDef::New() {
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_new(&m);
+ return reffed_ptr<MessageDef>(m, &m);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::IsFrozen() const { return upb_msgdef_isfrozen(this); }
+inline void MessageDef::Ref(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_ref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::Unref(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_unref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_donateref(this, from, to);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::CheckRef(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_checkref(this, owner);
+}
+inline const char *MessageDef::full_name() const {
+ return upb_msgdef_fullname(this);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_setfullname(this, fullname, s);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::Freeze(Status* status) {
+ return upb_msgdef_freeze(this, status);
+}
+inline int MessageDef::field_count() const {
+ return upb_msgdef_numfields(this);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::AddField(upb_fielddef* f, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_addfield(this, f, NULL, s);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& f, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_addfield(this, f.get(), NULL, s);
+}
+inline FieldDef* MessageDef::FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) {
+ return upb_msgdef_itof_mutable(this, number);
+}
+inline FieldDef* MessageDef::FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len) {
+ return upb_msgdef_ntof_mutable(this, name, len);
+}
+inline const FieldDef* MessageDef::FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_itof(this, number);
+}
+inline const FieldDef *MessageDef::FindFieldByName(const char *name,
+ size_t len) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_ntof(this, name, len);
+}
+inline MessageDef* MessageDef::Dup(const void *owner) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_dup(this, owner);
+}
+inline MessageDef::iterator MessageDef::begin() { return iterator(this); }
+inline MessageDef::iterator MessageDef::end() { return iterator::end(this); }
+inline MessageDef::const_iterator MessageDef::begin() const {
+ return const_iterator(this);
+}
+inline MessageDef::const_iterator MessageDef::end() const {
+ return const_iterator::end(this);
+}
+
+inline MessageDef::iterator::iterator(MessageDef* md) {
+ upb_msg_begin(&iter_, md);
+}
+inline MessageDef::iterator MessageDef::iterator::end(MessageDef* md) {
+ MessageDef::iterator iter(md);
+ upb_msg_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_);
+ return iter;
+}
+inline FieldDef* MessageDef::iterator::operator*() const {
+ return upb_msg_iter_field(&iter_);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::iterator::operator++() { return upb_msg_next(&iter_); }
+inline bool MessageDef::iterator::operator==(const iterator &other) const {
+ return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::iterator::operator!=(const iterator &other) const {
+ return !(*this == other);
+}
+
+inline MessageDef::const_iterator::const_iterator(const MessageDef* md) {
+ upb_msg_begin(&iter_, md);
+}
+inline MessageDef::const_iterator MessageDef::const_iterator::end(
+ const MessageDef *md) {
+ MessageDef::const_iterator iter(md);
+ upb_msg_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_);
+ return iter;
+}
+inline const FieldDef* MessageDef::const_iterator::operator*() const {
+ return upb_msg_iter_field(&iter_);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::const_iterator::operator++() {
+ return upb_msg_next(&iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::const_iterator::operator==(
+ const const_iterator &other) const {
+ return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::const_iterator::operator!=(
+ const const_iterator &other) const {
+ return !(*this == other);
+}
+
+inline reffed_ptr<EnumDef> EnumDef::New() {
+ upb_enumdef *e = upb_enumdef_new(&e);
+ return reffed_ptr<EnumDef>(e, &e);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::IsFrozen() const { return upb_enumdef_isfrozen(this); }
+inline void EnumDef::Ref(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_ref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void EnumDef::Unref(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_unref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void EnumDef::DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_donateref(this, from, to);
+}
+inline void EnumDef::CheckRef(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_checkref(this, owner);
+}
+inline const char* EnumDef::full_name() const {
+ return upb_enumdef_fullname(this);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_enumdef_setfullname(this, fullname, s);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_enumdef_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::Freeze(Status* status) {
+ return upb_enumdef_freeze(this, status);
+}
+inline int32_t EnumDef::default_value() const {
+ return upb_enumdef_default(this);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::set_default_value(int32_t val, Status* status) {
+ return upb_enumdef_setdefault(this, val, status);
+}
+inline int EnumDef::value_count() const { return upb_enumdef_numvals(this); }
+inline bool EnumDef::AddValue(const char* name, int32_t num, Status* status) {
+ return upb_enumdef_addval(this, name, num, status);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::AddValue(const std::string& name, int32_t num,
+ Status* status) {
+ return upb_enumdef_addval(this, upb_safecstr(name), num, status);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::FindValueByName(const char* name, int32_t *num) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_ntoiz(this, name, num);
+}
+inline const char* EnumDef::FindValueByNumber(int32_t num) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_iton(this, num);
+}
+inline EnumDef* EnumDef::Dup(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_dup(this, owner);
+}
+
+inline EnumDef::Iterator::Iterator(const EnumDef* e) {
+ upb_enum_begin(&iter_, e);
+}
+inline int32_t EnumDef::Iterator::number() {
+ return upb_enum_iter_number(&iter_);
+}
+inline const char* EnumDef::Iterator::name() {
+ return upb_enum_iter_name(&iter_);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::Iterator::Done() { return upb_enum_done(&iter_); }
+inline void EnumDef::Iterator::Next() { return upb_enum_next(&iter_); }
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+#undef UPB_DEFINE_DEF
+#undef UPB_DEF_CASTS
+#undef UPB_CPP_CASTS
+
+#endif /* UPB_DEF_H_ */
+// This file contains accessors for a set of compiled-in defs.
+// Note that unlike Google's protobuf, it does *not* define
+// generated classes or any other kind of data structure for
+// actually storing protobufs. It only contains *defs* which
+// let you reflect over a protobuf *schema*.
+//
+// This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler).
+// Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is
+// regenerated.
+
+#ifndef GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_
+#define GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_
+
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2012 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * A symtab (symbol table) stores a name->def map of upb_defs. Clients could
+ * always create such tables themselves, but upb_symtab has logic for resolving
+ * symbolic references, and in particular, for keeping a whole set of consistent
+ * defs when replacing some subset of those defs. This logic is nontrivial.
+ *
+ * This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+ * See the top-level README for more information.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_SYMTAB_H_
+#define UPB_SYMTAB_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <vector>
+namespace upb { class SymbolTable; }
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::SymbolTable, upb_symtab);
+
+typedef struct {
+ UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+ upb_strtable_iter iter;
+ upb_deftype_t type;
+} upb_symtab_iter;
+
+// Non-const methods in upb::SymbolTable are NOT thread-safe.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::SymbolTable, upb::RefCounted,
+ public:
+ // Returns a new symbol table with a single ref owned by "owner."
+ // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ static reffed_ptr<SymbolTable> New();
+
+ // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
+ bool IsFrozen() const;
+ void Ref(const void* owner) const;
+ void Unref(const void* owner) const;
+ void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const;
+ void CheckRef(const void *owner) const;
+
+ // For all lookup functions, the returned pointer is not owned by the
+ // caller; it may be invalidated by any non-const call or unref of the
+ // SymbolTable! To protect against this, take a ref if desired.
+
+ // Freezes the symbol table: prevents further modification of it.
+ // After the Freeze() operation is successful, the SymbolTable must only be
+ // accessed via a const pointer.
+ //
+ // Unlike with upb::MessageDef/upb::EnumDef/etc, freezing a SymbolTable is not
+ // a necessary step in using a SymbolTable. If you have no need for it to be
+ // immutable, there is no need to freeze it ever. However sometimes it is
+ // useful, and SymbolTables that are statically compiled into the binary are
+ // always frozen by nature.
+ void Freeze();
+
+ // Resolves the given symbol using the rules described in descriptor.proto,
+ // namely:
+ //
+ // If the name starts with a '.', it is fully-qualified. Otherwise,
+ // C++-like scoping rules are used to find the type (i.e. first the nested
+ // types within this message are searched, then within the parent, on up
+ // to the root namespace).
+ //
+ // If not found, returns NULL.
+ const Def* Resolve(const char* base, const char* sym) const;
+
+ // Finds an entry in the symbol table with this exact name. If not found,
+ // returns NULL.
+ const Def* Lookup(const char *sym) const;
+ const MessageDef* LookupMessage(const char *sym) const;
+ const EnumDef* LookupEnum(const char *sym) const;
+
+ // TODO: introduce a C++ iterator, but make it nice and templated so that if
+ // you ask for an iterator of MessageDef the iterated elements are strongly
+ // typed as MessageDef*.
+
+ // Adds the given mutable defs to the symtab, resolving all symbols
+ // (including enum default values) and finalizing the defs. Only one def per
+ // name may be in the list, but defs can replace existing defs in the symtab.
+ // All defs must have a name -- anonymous defs are not allowed. Anonymous
+ // defs can still be frozen by calling upb_def_freeze() directly.
+ //
+ // Any existing defs that can reach defs that are being replaced will
+ // themselves be replaced also, so that the resulting set of defs is fully
+ // consistent.
+ //
+ // This logic implemented in this method is a convenience; ultimately it
+ // calls some combination of upb_fielddef_setsubdef(), upb_def_dup(), and
+ // upb_freeze(), any of which the client could call themself. However, since
+ // the logic for doing so is nontrivial, we provide it here.
+ //
+ // The entire operation either succeeds or fails. If the operation fails,
+ // the symtab is unchanged, false is returned, and status indicates the
+ // error. The caller passes a ref on all defs to the symtab (even if the
+ // operation fails).
+ //
+ // TODO(haberman): currently failure will leave the symtab unchanged, but may
+ // leave the defs themselves partially resolved. Does this matter? If so we
+ // could do a prepass that ensures that all symbols are resolvable and bail
+ // if not, so we don't mutate anything until we know the operation will
+ // succeed.
+ //
+ // TODO(haberman): since the defs must be mutable, refining a frozen def
+ // requires making mutable copies of the entire tree. This is wasteful if
+ // only a few messages are changing. We may want to add a way of adding a
+ // tree of frozen defs to the symtab (perhaps an alternate constructor where
+ // you pass the root of the tree?)
+ bool Add(Def*const* defs, int n, void* ref_donor, upb_status* status);
+
+ bool Add(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, void *owner, Status* status) {
+ return Add((Def*const*)&defs[0], defs.size(), owner, status);
+ }
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(SymbolTable, upb::SymbolTable);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_symtab, upb_refcounted,
+ upb_strtable symtab;
+));
+
+#define UPB_SYMTAB_INIT(symtab, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s), symtab }
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// Native C API.
+// From upb_refcounted.
+bool upb_symtab_isfrozen(const upb_symtab *s);
+void upb_symtab_ref(const upb_symtab *s, const void *owner);
+void upb_symtab_unref(const upb_symtab *s, const void *owner);
+void upb_symtab_donateref(
+ const upb_symtab *s, const void *from, const void *to);
+void upb_symtab_checkref(const upb_symtab *s, const void *owner);
+
+upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new(const void *owner);
+void upb_symtab_freeze(upb_symtab *s);
+const upb_def *upb_symtab_resolve(const upb_symtab *s, const char *base,
+ const char *sym);
+const upb_def *upb_symtab_lookup(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym);
+const upb_msgdef *upb_symtab_lookupmsg(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym);
+const upb_enumdef *upb_symtab_lookupenum(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym);
+bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, int n, void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *status);
+
+// upb_symtab_iter i;
+// for(upb_symtab_begin(&i, s, type); !upb_symtab_done(&i);
+// upb_symtab_next(&i)) {
+// const upb_def *def = upb_symtab_iter_def(&i);
+// // ...
+// }
+//
+// For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const.
+// It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to
+// const if the upb_msgdef* is const.
+void upb_symtab_begin(upb_symtab_iter *iter, const upb_symtab *s,
+ upb_deftype_t type);
+void upb_symtab_next(upb_symtab_iter *iter);
+bool upb_symtab_done(const upb_symtab_iter *iter);
+const upb_def *upb_symtab_iter_def(const upb_symtab_iter *iter);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+// C++ inline wrappers.
+namespace upb {
+inline reffed_ptr<SymbolTable> SymbolTable::New() {
+ upb_symtab *s = upb_symtab_new(&s);
+ return reffed_ptr<SymbolTable>(s, &s);
+}
+
+inline bool SymbolTable::IsFrozen() const {
+ return upb_symtab_isfrozen(this);
+}
+inline void SymbolTable::Ref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_symtab_ref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void SymbolTable::Unref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_symtab_unref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void SymbolTable::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const {
+ upb_symtab_donateref(this, from, to);
+}
+inline void SymbolTable::CheckRef(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_symtab_checkref(this, owner);
+}
+
+inline void SymbolTable::Freeze() {
+ return upb_symtab_freeze(this);
+}
+inline const Def *SymbolTable::Resolve(const char *base,
+ const char *sym) const {
+ return upb_symtab_resolve(this, base, sym);
+}
+inline const Def* SymbolTable::Lookup(const char *sym) const {
+ return upb_symtab_lookup(this, sym);
+}
+inline const MessageDef *SymbolTable::LookupMessage(const char *sym) const {
+ return upb_symtab_lookupmsg(this, sym);
+}
+inline bool SymbolTable::Add(
+ Def*const* defs, int n, void* ref_donor, upb_status* status) {
+ return upb_symtab_add(this, (upb_def*const*)defs, n, ref_donor, status);
+}
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_SYMTAB_H_ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// Enums
+
+typedef enum {
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_OPTIONAL = 1,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_REQUIRED = 2,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_REPEATED = 3,
+} google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label;
+
+typedef enum {
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_DOUBLE = 1,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_FLOAT = 2,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_INT64 = 3,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_UINT64 = 4,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_INT32 = 5,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_FIXED64 = 6,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_FIXED32 = 7,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_BOOL = 8,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_STRING = 9,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_GROUP = 10,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_MESSAGE = 11,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_BYTES = 12,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_UINT32 = 13,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_ENUM = 14,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SFIXED32 = 15,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SFIXED64 = 16,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SINT32 = 17,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SINT64 = 18,
+} google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type;
+
+typedef enum {
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_STRING = 0,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_CORD = 1,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_STRING_PIECE = 2,
+} google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType;
+
+typedef enum {
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_SPEED = 1,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_CODE_SIZE = 2,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_LITE_RUNTIME = 3,
+} google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode;
+
+// Selectors
+
+// google.protobuf.DescriptorProto
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_RANGE_STARTSUBMSG 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_STARTSUBMSG 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_STARTSEQ 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_ENDSEQ 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_ENDSUBMSG 10
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_STARTSEQ 11
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_ENDSEQ 12
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_ENDSUBMSG 13
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSEQ 14
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_ENDSEQ 15
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_ENDSUBMSG 16
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_RANGE_STARTSEQ 17
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_RANGE_ENDSEQ 18
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_RANGE_ENDSUBMSG 19
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_STARTSEQ 20
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_ENDSEQ 21
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_ENDSUBMSG 22
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 23
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 24
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 25
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 26
+
+// google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSIONRANGE_START_INT32 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSIONRANGE_END_INT32 3
+
+// google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_STARTSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_ENDSEQ 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_ENDSUBMSG 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 10
+
+// google.protobuf.EnumOptions
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_ALLOW_ALIAS_BOOL 6
+
+// google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NUMBER_INT32 7
+
+// google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
+
+// google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENDEE_STRING 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENDEE_STARTSTR 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENDEE_ENDSTR 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NUMBER_INT32 10
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_INT32 11
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_INT32 12
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_NAME_STRING 13
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_NAME_STARTSTR 14
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_NAME_ENDSTR 15
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEFAULT_VALUE_STRING 16
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEFAULT_VALUE_STARTSTR 17
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEFAULT_VALUE_ENDSTR 18
+
+// google.protobuf.FieldOptions
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_CTYPE_INT32 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_PACKED_BOOL 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_DEPRECATED_BOOL 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_LAZY_BOOL 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_EXPERIMENTAL_MAP_KEY_STRING 10
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_EXPERIMENTAL_MAP_KEY_STARTSTR 11
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_EXPERIMENTAL_MAP_KEY_ENDSTR 12
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_WEAK_BOOL 13
+
+// google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SERVICE_STARTSUBMSG 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_STARTSUBMSG 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SOURCE_CODE_INFO_STARTSUBMSG 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_STARTSEQ 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_ENDSEQ 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_ENDSUBMSG 10
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSEQ 11
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_ENDSEQ 12
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_ENDSUBMSG 13
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SERVICE_STARTSEQ 14
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SERVICE_ENDSEQ 15
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SERVICE_ENDSUBMSG 16
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_STARTSEQ 17
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_ENDSEQ 18
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSION_ENDSUBMSG 19
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 20
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SOURCE_CODE_INFO_ENDSUBMSG 21
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 22
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 23
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 24
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PACKAGE_STRING 25
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PACKAGE_STARTSTR 26
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PACKAGE_ENDSTR 27
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_STARTSEQ 28
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_ENDSEQ 29
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_STRING 30
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_STARTSTR 31
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEPENDENCY_ENDSTR 32
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PUBLIC_DEPENDENCY_STARTSEQ 33
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PUBLIC_DEPENDENCY_ENDSEQ 34
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_PUBLIC_DEPENDENCY_INT32 35
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_WEAK_DEPENDENCY_STARTSEQ 36
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_WEAK_DEPENDENCY_ENDSEQ 37
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_WEAK_DEPENDENCY_INT32 38
+
+// google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_ENDSUBMSG 5
+
+// google.protobuf.FileOptions
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_PACKAGE_STRING 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_PACKAGE_STARTSTR 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_PACKAGE_ENDSTR 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_OUTER_CLASSNAME_STRING 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_OUTER_CLASSNAME_STARTSTR 10
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_OUTER_CLASSNAME_ENDSTR 11
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_OPTIMIZE_FOR_INT32 12
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_MULTIPLE_FILES_BOOL 13
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_GO_PACKAGE_STRING 14
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_GO_PACKAGE_STARTSTR 15
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_GO_PACKAGE_ENDSTR 16
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_CC_GENERIC_SERVICES_BOOL 17
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_GENERIC_SERVICES_BOOL 18
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_PY_GENERIC_SERVICES_BOOL 19
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_GENERATE_EQUALS_AND_HASH_BOOL 20
+
+// google.protobuf.MessageOptions
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_MESSAGE_SET_WIRE_FORMAT_BOOL 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_NO_STANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_ACCESSOR_BOOL 7
+
+// google.protobuf.MethodDescriptorProto
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_INPUT_TYPE_STRING 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_INPUT_TYPE_STARTSTR 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_INPUT_TYPE_ENDSTR 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OUTPUT_TYPE_STRING 10
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OUTPUT_TYPE_STARTSTR 11
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OUTPUT_TYPE_ENDSTR 12
+
+// google.protobuf.MethodOptions
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
+
+// google.protobuf.ServiceDescriptorProto
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_STARTSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_ENDSEQ 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_ENDSUBMSG 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 10
+
+// google.protobuf.ServiceOptions
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
+
+// google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_ENDSUBMSG 5
+
+// google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_PATH_STARTSEQ 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_PATH_ENDSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_PATH_INT32 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_SPAN_STARTSEQ 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_SPAN_ENDSEQ 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_SPAN_INT32 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_LEADING_COMMENTS_STRING 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_LEADING_COMMENTS_STARTSTR 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_LEADING_COMMENTS_ENDSTR 10
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_TRAILING_COMMENTS_STRING 11
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_TRAILING_COMMENTS_STARTSTR 12
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_TRAILING_COMMENTS_ENDSTR 13
+
+// google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_STARTSUBMSG 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_STARTSEQ 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_ENDSEQ 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_ENDSUBMSG 5
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_IDENTIFIER_VALUE_STRING 6
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_IDENTIFIER_VALUE_STARTSTR 7
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_IDENTIFIER_VALUE_ENDSTR 8
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_POSITIVE_INT_VALUE_UINT64 9
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NEGATIVE_INT_VALUE_INT64 10
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_DOUBLE_VALUE_DOUBLE 11
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_STRING_VALUE_STRING 12
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_STRING_VALUE_STARTSTR 13
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_STRING_VALUE_ENDSTR 14
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_AGGREGATE_VALUE_STRING 15
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_AGGREGATE_VALUE_STARTSTR 16
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_AGGREGATE_VALUE_ENDSTR 17
+
+// google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_NAME_PART_STRING 2
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_NAME_PART_STARTSTR 3
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_NAME_PART_ENDSTR 4
+#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_IS_EXTENSION_BOOL 5
+
+const upb_symtab *upbdefs_google_protobuf_descriptor(const void *owner);
+
+// MessageDefs
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.EnumOptions");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FieldOptions");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.FileOptions");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.MessageOptions");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.MethodDescriptorProto");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.MethodOptions");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.ServiceDescriptorProto");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.ServiceOptions");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart");
+ assert(m);
+ return m;
+}
+
+
+// EnumDefs
+UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Label");
+ assert(e);
+ return e;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Type");
+ assert(e);
+ return e;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.CType");
+ assert(e);
+ return e;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode(const upb_symtab *s) {
+ const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, "google.protobuf.FileOptions.OptimizeMode");
+ assert(e);
+ return e;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_end(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_start(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_enum_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(s), 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_extension(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(s), 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_extension_range(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(s), 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_field(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_nested_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_options(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(s), 7); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_options(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_allow_alias(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_uninterpreted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions(s), 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_number(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_options(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_uninterpreted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions(s), 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_default_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(s), 7); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_extendee(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_label(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(s), 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_number(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_options(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(s), 8); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(s), 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_type_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto(s), 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_ctype(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_deprecated(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_experimental_map_key(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s), 9); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_lazy(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s), 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_packed(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_uninterpreted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s), 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_weak(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions(s), 10); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_dependency(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_enum_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_extension(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 7); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_message_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_options(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 8); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_package(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_public_dependency(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 10); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_service(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_source_code_info(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 9); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_weak_dependency(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto(s), 11); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_file(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_cc_generic_services(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 16); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_go_package(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 11); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_generate_equals_and_hash(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 20); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_generic_services(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 17); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_multiple_files(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 10); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_outer_classname(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 8); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_package(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_optimize_for(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 9); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_py_generic_services(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 18); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_uninterpreted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions(s), 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_message_set_wire_format(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_no_standard_descriptor_accessor(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_uninterpreted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions(s), 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_input_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_options(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto(s), 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_output_type(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_uninterpreted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions(s), 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_method(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_options(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_uninterpreted_option(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions(s), 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_leading_comments(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_path(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_span(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_trailing_comments(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location(s), 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_location(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_is_extension(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_name_part(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart(s), 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_aggregate_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(s), 8); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_double_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(s), 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_identifier_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(s), 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_name(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(s), 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_negative_int_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(s), 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_positive_int_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(s), 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_string_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(s), 7); }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}; // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upbdefs {
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace descriptor {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::SymbolTable> SymbolTable() {
+ const upb::SymbolTable* s = upbdefs_google_protobuf_descriptor(&s);
+ return upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::SymbolTable>(s, &s);
+}
+} // namespace descriptor
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+#define RETURN_REFFED(type, func) \
+ const type* obj = func(upbdefs::google::protobuf::descriptor::SymbolTable().get()); \
+ return upb::reffed_ptr<const type>(obj);
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace DescriptorProto {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> enum_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_enum_type) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> extension() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_extension) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> extension_range() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_extension_range) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> field() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_field) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_name) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> nested_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_nested_type) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_options) }
+} // namespace DescriptorProto
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace DescriptorProto {
+namespace ExtensionRange {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> end() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_end) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> start() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_start) }
+} // namespace ExtensionRange
+} // namespace DescriptorProto
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace EnumDescriptorProto {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_name) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_options) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_value) }
+} // namespace EnumDescriptorProto
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace EnumOptions {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> allow_alias() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_allow_alias) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
+} // namespace EnumOptions
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace EnumValueDescriptorProto {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_name) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> number() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_number) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_options) }
+} // namespace EnumValueDescriptorProto
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace EnumValueOptions {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
+} // namespace EnumValueOptions
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace FieldDescriptorProto {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> default_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_default_value) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> extendee() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_extendee) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> label() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_label) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_name) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> number() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_number) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_options) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_type) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> type_name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_type_name) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> Label() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> Type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type) }
+} // namespace FieldDescriptorProto
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace FieldOptions {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> ctype() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_ctype) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> deprecated() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_deprecated) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> experimental_map_key() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_experimental_map_key) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> lazy() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_lazy) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> packed() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_packed) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> weak() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_weak) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> CType() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType) }
+} // namespace FieldOptions
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace FileDescriptorProto {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> dependency() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_dependency) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> enum_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_enum_type) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> extension() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_extension) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> message_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_message_type) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_name) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_options) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> package() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_package) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> public_dependency() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_public_dependency) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> service() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_service) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> source_code_info() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_source_code_info) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> weak_dependency() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_weak_dependency) }
+} // namespace FileDescriptorProto
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace FileDescriptorSet {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> file() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_file) }
+} // namespace FileDescriptorSet
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace FileOptions {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> cc_generic_services() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_cc_generic_services) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> go_package() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_go_package) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_generate_equals_and_hash() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_generate_equals_and_hash) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_generic_services() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_generic_services) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_multiple_files() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_multiple_files) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_outer_classname() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_outer_classname) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> java_package() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_java_package) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> optimize_for() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_optimize_for) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> py_generic_services() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_py_generic_services) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> OptimizeMode() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode) }
+} // namespace FileOptions
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace MessageOptions {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> message_set_wire_format() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_message_set_wire_format) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> no_standard_descriptor_accessor() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_no_standard_descriptor_accessor) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
+} // namespace MessageOptions
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace MethodDescriptorProto {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> input_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_input_type) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_name) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_options) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> output_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_output_type) }
+} // namespace MethodDescriptorProto
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace MethodOptions {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
+} // namespace MethodOptions
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace ServiceDescriptorProto {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> method() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_method) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_name) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_options) }
+} // namespace ServiceDescriptorProto
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace ServiceOptions {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
+} // namespace ServiceOptions
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace SourceCodeInfo {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> location() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_location) }
+} // namespace SourceCodeInfo
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace SourceCodeInfo {
+namespace Location {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> leading_comments() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_leading_comments) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> path() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_path) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> span() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_span) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> trailing_comments() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_trailing_comments) }
+} // namespace Location
+} // namespace SourceCodeInfo
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace UninterpretedOption {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> aggregate_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_aggregate_value) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> double_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_double_value) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> identifier_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_identifier_value) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_name) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> negative_int_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_negative_int_value) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> positive_int_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_positive_int_value) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> string_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_string_value) }
+} // namespace UninterpretedOption
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+namespace UninterpretedOption {
+namespace NamePart {
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> is_extension() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_is_extension) }
+inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name_part() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_name_part) }
+} // namespace NamePart
+} // namespace UninterpretedOption
+} // namespace protobuf
+} // namespace google
+
+} // namespace upbdefs
+
+
+#undef RETURN_REFFED
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+#endif // GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010-2012 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * A upb_handlers is like a virtual table for a upb_msgdef. Each field of the
+ * message can have associated functions that will be called when we are
+ * parsing or visiting a stream of data. This is similar to how handlers work
+ * in SAX (the Simple API for XML).
+ *
+ * The handlers have no idea where the data is coming from, so a single set of
+ * handlers could be used with two completely different data sources (for
+ * example, a parser and a visitor over in-memory objects). This decoupling is
+ * the most important feature of upb, because it allows parsers and serializers
+ * to be highly reusable.
+ *
+ * This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+ * See the top-level README for more information.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_HANDLERS_H
+#define UPB_HANDLERS_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+class BufferHandle;
+class BytesHandler;
+class HandlerAttributes;
+class Handlers;
+template <class T> class Handler;
+template <class T> struct CanonicalType;
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferHandle, upb_bufhandle);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesHandler, upb_byteshandler);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::HandlerAttributes, upb_handlerattr);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Handlers, upb_handlers);
+
+// The maximum depth that the handler graph can have. This is a resource limit
+// for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the graph.
+// Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but we must
+// hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached.
+//
+// If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant
+// of Handlers::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter.
+#define UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH 64
+
+// All the different types of handlers that can be registered.
+// Only needed for the advanced functions in upb::Handlers.
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_HANDLER_INT32,
+ UPB_HANDLER_INT64,
+ UPB_HANDLER_UINT32,
+ UPB_HANDLER_UINT64,
+ UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT,
+ UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE,
+ UPB_HANDLER_BOOL,
+ UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR,
+ UPB_HANDLER_STRING,
+ UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR,
+ UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG,
+ UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG,
+ UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ,
+ UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ,
+} upb_handlertype_t;
+
+#define UPB_HANDLER_MAX (UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ+1)
+
+#define UPB_BREAK NULL
+
+// A convenient definition for when no closure is needed.
+extern char _upb_noclosure;
+#define UPB_NO_CLOSURE &_upb_noclosure
+
+// A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object
+// (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15").
+typedef int32_t upb_selector_t;
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+// Forward-declares for C inline accessors. We need to declare these here
+// so we can "friend" them in the class declarations in C++.
+UPB_INLINE upb_func *upb_handlers_gethandler(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t s);
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t s);
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h);
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h, const void *obj,
+ const void *type);
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h, const char *buf,
+ size_t ofs);
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_objtype(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+UPB_INLINE const char *upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+
+// Static selectors for upb::Handlers.
+#define UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR 0
+#define UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR 1
+#define UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT 2
+
+// Static selectors for upb::BytesHandler.
+#define UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR 0
+#define UPB_STRING_SELECTOR 1
+#define UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR 2
+
+typedef void upb_handlerfree(void *d);
+
+// A set of attributes that accompanies a handler's function pointer.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::HandlerAttributes,
+ public:
+ HandlerAttributes();
+ ~HandlerAttributes();
+
+ // Sets the handler data that will be passed as the second parameter of the
+ // handler. To free this pointer when the handlers are freed, call
+ // Handlers::AddCleanup().
+ bool SetHandlerData(const void *handler_data);
+ const void* handler_data() const;
+
+ // Use this to specify the type of the closure. This will be checked against
+ // all other closure types for handler that use the same closure.
+ // Registration will fail if this does not match all other non-NULL closure
+ // types.
+ bool SetClosureType(const void *closure_type);
+ const void* closure_type() const;
+
+ // Use this to specify the type of the returned closure. Only used for
+ // Start*{String,SubMessage,Sequence} handlers. This must match the closure
+ // type of any handlers that use it (for example, the StringBuf handler must
+ // match the closure returned from StartString).
+ bool SetReturnClosureType(const void *return_closure_type);
+ const void* return_closure_type() const;
+
+ // Set to indicate that the handler always returns "ok" (either "true" or a
+ // non-NULL closure). This is a hint that can allow code generators to
+ // generate more efficient code.
+ bool SetAlwaysOk(bool always_ok);
+ bool always_ok() const;
+
+ private:
+ friend UPB_INLINE const void * ::upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_handlerattr,
+ const void *handler_data_;
+ const void *closure_type_;
+ const void *return_closure_type_;
+ bool alwaysok_;
+));
+
+#define UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER {NULL, NULL, NULL, false}
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_func *func;
+ // It is wasteful to include the entire attributes here:
+ //
+ // * Some of the information is redundant (like storing the closure type
+ // separately for each handler that must match).
+ // * Some of the info is only needed prior to freeze() (like closure types).
+ // * alignment padding wastes a lot of space for alwaysok_.
+ //
+ // If/when the size and locality of handlers is an issue, we can optimize this
+ // not to store the entire attr like this. We do not expose the table's
+ // layout to allow this optimization in the future.
+ upb_handlerattr attr;
+} upb_handlers_tabent;
+
+// Extra information about a buffer that is passed to a StringBuf handler.
+// TODO(haberman): allow the handle to be pinned so that it will outlive
+// the handler invocation.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::BufferHandle,
+ public:
+ BufferHandle();
+ ~BufferHandle();
+
+ // The beginning of the buffer. This may be different than the pointer
+ // passed to a StringBuf handler because the handler may receive data
+ // that is from the middle or end of a larger buffer.
+ const char* buffer() const;
+
+ // The offset within the attached object where this buffer begins. Only
+ // meaningful if there is an attached object.
+ size_t object_offset() const;
+
+ // Note that object_offset is the offset of "buf" within the attached object.
+ void SetBuffer(const char* buf, size_t object_offset);
+
+ // The BufferHandle can have an "attached object", which can be used to
+ // tunnel through a pointer to the buffer's underlying representation.
+ template <class T>
+ void SetAttachedObject(const T* obj);
+
+ // Returns NULL if the attached object is not of this type.
+ template <class T>
+ const T* GetAttachedObject() const;
+
+ private:
+ friend UPB_INLINE void ::upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h);
+ friend UPB_INLINE void ::upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h,
+ const void *obj,
+ const void *type);
+ friend UPB_INLINE void ::upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h,
+ const char *buf, size_t ofs);
+ friend UPB_INLINE const void* ::upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+ friend UPB_INLINE const void* ::upb_bufhandle_objtype(
+ const upb_bufhandle *h);
+ friend UPB_INLINE const char* ::upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_bufhandle,
+ const char *buf_;
+ const void *obj_;
+ const void *objtype_;
+ size_t objofs_;
+));
+
+// A upb::Handlers object represents the set of handlers associated with a
+// message in the graph of messages. You can think of it as a big virtual
+// table with functions corresponding to all the events that can fire while
+// parsing or visiting a message of a specific type.
+//
+// Any handlers that are not set behave as if they had successfully consumed
+// the value. Any unset Start* handlers will propagate their closure to the
+// inner frame.
+//
+// The easiest way to create the *Handler objects needed by the Set* methods is
+// with the UpbBind() and UpbMakeHandler() macros; see below.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::Handlers, upb::RefCounted,
+ public:
+ typedef upb_selector_t Selector;
+ typedef upb_handlertype_t Type;
+
+ typedef Handler<void *(*)(void *, const void *)> StartFieldHandler;
+ typedef Handler<bool (*)(void *, const void *)> EndFieldHandler;
+ typedef Handler<bool (*)(void *, const void *)> StartMessageHandler;
+ typedef Handler<bool (*)(void *, const void *, Status*)> EndMessageHandler;
+ typedef Handler<void *(*)(void *, const void *, size_t)> StartStringHandler;
+ typedef Handler<size_t (*)(void *, const void *, const char *, size_t,
+ const BufferHandle *)> StringHandler;
+
+ template <class T> struct ValueHandler {
+ typedef Handler<bool(*)(void *, const void *, T)> H;
+ };
+
+ typedef ValueHandler<int32_t>::H Int32Handler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<int64_t>::H Int64Handler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<uint32_t>::H UInt32Handler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<uint64_t>::H UInt64Handler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<float>::H FloatHandler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<double>::H DoubleHandler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<bool>::H BoolHandler;
+
+ // Any function pointer can be converted to this and converted back to its
+ // correct type.
+ typedef void GenericFunction();
+
+ typedef void HandlersCallback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h);
+
+ // Returns a new handlers object for the given frozen msgdef.
+ // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ static reffed_ptr<Handlers> New(const MessageDef *m);
+
+ // Convenience function for registering a graph of handlers that mirrors the
+ // graph of msgdefs for some message. For "m" and all its children a new set
+ // of handlers will be created and the given callback will be invoked,
+ // allowing the client to register handlers for this message. Note that any
+ // subhandlers set by the callback will be overwritten.
+ static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewFrozen(const MessageDef *m,
+ HandlersCallback *callback,
+ const void *closure);
+
+ // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
+ bool IsFrozen() const;
+ void Ref(const void* owner) const;
+ void Unref(const void* owner) const;
+ void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const;
+ void CheckRef(const void *owner) const;
+
+ // All handler registration functions return bool to indicate success or
+ // failure; details about failures are stored in this status object. If a
+ // failure does occur, it must be cleared before the Handlers are frozen,
+ // otherwise the freeze() operation will fail. The functions may *only* be
+ // used while the Handlers are mutable.
+ const Status* status();
+ void ClearError();
+
+ // Call to freeze these Handlers. Requires that any SubHandlers are already
+ // frozen. For cycles, you must use the static version below and freeze the
+ // whole graph at once.
+ bool Freeze(Status* s);
+
+ // Freezes the given set of handlers. You may not freeze a handler without
+ // also freezing any handlers they point to.
+ static bool Freeze(Handlers*const* handlers, int n, Status* s);
+ static bool Freeze(const std::vector<Handlers*>& handlers, Status* s);
+
+ // Returns the msgdef associated with this handlers object.
+ const MessageDef* message_def() const;
+
+ // Adds the given pointer and function to the list of cleanup functions that
+ // will be run when these handlers are freed. If this pointer has previously
+ // been registered, the function returns false and does nothing.
+ bool AddCleanup(void *ptr, upb_handlerfree *cleanup);
+
+ // Sets the startmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows:
+ //
+ // bool startmsg(MyType* closure) {
+ // // Called when the message begins. Returns true if processing should
+ // // continue.
+ // return true;
+ // }
+ bool SetStartMessageHandler(const StartMessageHandler& handler);
+
+ // Sets the endmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows:
+ //
+ // bool endmsg(MyType* closure, upb_status *status) {
+ // // Called when processing of this message ends, whether in success or
+ // // failure. "status" indicates the final status of processing, and
+ // // can also be modified in-place to update the final status.
+ // }
+ bool SetEndMessageHandler(const EndMessageHandler& handler);
+
+ // Sets the value handler for the given field, which is defined as follows
+ // (this is for an int32 field; other field types will pass their native
+ // C/C++ type for "val"):
+ //
+ // bool OnValue(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) {
+ // // Called when the field's value is encountered. "d" contains
+ // // whatever data was bound to this field when it was registered.
+ // // Returns true if processing should continue.
+ // return true;
+ // }
+ //
+ // handers->SetInt32Handler(f, UpbBind(OnValue, new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ //
+ // The value type must exactly match f->type().
+ // For example, a handler that takes an int32_t parameter may only be used for
+ // fields of type UPB_TYPE_INT32 and UPB_TYPE_ENUM.
+ //
+ // Returns false if the handler failed to register; in this case the cleanup
+ // handler (if any) will be called immediately.
+ bool SetInt32Handler (const FieldDef* f, const Int32Handler& h);
+ bool SetInt64Handler (const FieldDef* f, const Int64Handler& h);
+ bool SetUInt32Handler(const FieldDef* f, const UInt32Handler& h);
+ bool SetUInt64Handler(const FieldDef* f, const UInt64Handler& h);
+ bool SetFloatHandler (const FieldDef* f, const FloatHandler& h);
+ bool SetDoubleHandler(const FieldDef* f, const DoubleHandler& h);
+ bool SetBoolHandler (const FieldDef* f, const BoolHandler& h);
+
+ // Like the previous, but templated on the type on the value (ie. int32).
+ // This is mostly useful to call from other templates. To call this you must
+ // specify the template parameter explicitly, ie:
+ // h->SetValueHandler<T>(f, UpbBind(MyHandler<T>, MyData));
+ template <class T>
+ bool SetValueHandler(
+ const FieldDef *f,
+ const typename ValueHandler<typename CanonicalType<T>::Type>::H& handler);
+
+ // Sets handlers for a string field, which are defined as follows:
+ //
+ // MySubClosure* startstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d,
+ // size_t size_hint) {
+ // // Called when a string value begins. The return value indicates the
+ // // closure for the string. "size_hint" indicates the size of the
+ // // string if it is known, however if the string is length-delimited
+ // // and the end-of-string is not available size_hint will be zero.
+ // // This case is indistinguishable from the case where the size is
+ // // known to be zero.
+ // //
+ // // TODO(haberman): is it important to distinguish these cases?
+ // // If we had ssize_t as a type we could make -1 "unknown", but
+ // // ssize_t is POSIX (not ANSI) and therefore less portable.
+ // // In practice I suspect it won't be important to distinguish.
+ // return closure;
+ // }
+ //
+ // size_t str(MyClosure* closure, const MyHandlerData* d,
+ // const char *str, size_t len) {
+ // // Called for each buffer of string data; the multiple physical buffers
+ // // are all part of the same logical string. The return value indicates
+ // // how many bytes were consumed. If this number is less than "len",
+ // // this will also indicate that processing should be halted for now,
+ // // like returning false or UPB_BREAK from any other callback. If
+ // // number is greater than "len", the excess bytes will be skipped over
+ // // and not passed to the callback.
+ // return len;
+ // }
+ //
+ // bool endstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ // // Called when a string value ends. Return value indicates whether
+ // // processing should continue.
+ // return true;
+ // }
+ bool SetStartStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartStringHandler& h);
+ bool SetStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StringHandler& h);
+ bool SetEndStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const EndFieldHandler& h);
+
+ // Sets the startseq handler, which is defined as follows:
+ //
+ // MySubClosure *startseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ // // Called when a sequence (repeated field) begins. The returned
+ // // pointer indicates the closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK
+ // // to interrupt processing).
+ // return closure;
+ // }
+ //
+ // h->SetStartSequenceHandler(f, UpbBind(startseq, new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ //
+ // Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ // repeated field.
+ bool SetStartSequenceHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartFieldHandler& h);
+
+ // Sets the startsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as
+ // follows:
+ //
+ // MySubClosure* startsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ // // Called when a submessage begins. The returned pointer indicates the
+ // // closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK to interrupt processing).
+ // return closure;
+ // }
+ //
+ // h->SetStartSubMessageHandler(f, UpbBind(startsubmsg,
+ // new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ //
+ // Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ // submessage/group field.
+ bool SetStartSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartFieldHandler& h);
+
+ // Sets the endsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as
+ // follows:
+ //
+ // bool endsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ // // Called when a submessage ends. Returns true to continue processing.
+ // return true;
+ // }
+ //
+ // Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ // submessage/group field.
+ bool SetEndSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef *f, const EndFieldHandler &h);
+
+ // Starts the endsubseq handler for the given field, which is defined as
+ // follows:
+ //
+ // bool endseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ // // Called when a sequence ends. Returns true continue processing.
+ // return true;
+ // }
+ //
+ // Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ // repeated field.
+ bool SetEndSequenceHandler(const FieldDef* f, const EndFieldHandler& h);
+
+ // Sets or gets the object that specifies handlers for the given field, which
+ // must be a submessage or group. Returns NULL if no handlers are set.
+ bool SetSubHandlers(const FieldDef* f, const Handlers* sub);
+ const Handlers* GetSubHandlers(const FieldDef* f) const;
+
+ // Equivalent to GetSubHandlers, but takes the STARTSUBMSG selector for the
+ // field.
+ const Handlers* GetSubHandlers(Selector startsubmsg) const;
+
+ // A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object
+ // (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15").
+ // On success, returns true and stores the selector in "s".
+ // If the FieldDef or Type are invalid, returns false.
+ // The returned selector is ONLY valid for Handlers whose MessageDef
+ // contains this FieldDef.
+ static bool GetSelector(const FieldDef* f, Type type, Selector* s);
+
+ // Given a START selector of any kind, returns the corresponding END selector.
+ static Selector GetEndSelector(Selector start_selector);
+
+ // Returns the function pointer for this handler. It is the client's
+ // responsibility to cast to the correct function type before calling it.
+ GenericFunction* GetHandler(Selector selector);
+
+ // Sets the given attributes to the attributes for this selector.
+ bool GetAttributes(Selector selector, HandlerAttributes* attr);
+
+ // Returns the handler data that was registered with this handler.
+ const void* GetHandlerData(Selector selector);
+
+ // Could add any of the following functions as-needed, with some minor
+ // implementation changes:
+ //
+ // const FieldDef* GetFieldDef(Selector selector);
+ // static bool IsSequence(Selector selector);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Handlers, upb::Handlers);
+
+ friend UPB_INLINE GenericFunction *::upb_handlers_gethandler(
+ const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s);
+ friend UPB_INLINE const void *::upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(
+ const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s);
+
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_handlers, upb_refcounted,
+ const upb_msgdef *msg;
+ const upb_handlers **sub;
+ const void *top_closure_type;
+ upb_inttable cleanup_;
+ upb_status status_; // Used only when mutable.
+ upb_handlers_tabent table[1]; // Dynamically-sized field handler array.
+));
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+// Convenience macros for creating a Handler object that is wrapped with a
+// type-safe wrapper function that converts the "void*" parameters/returns
+// of the underlying C API into nice C++ function.
+//
+// Sample usage:
+// void OnValue1(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) {
+// // do stuff ...
+// }
+//
+// // Handler that doesn't need any data bound to it.
+// void OnValue2(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) {
+// // do stuff ...
+// }
+//
+// // Handler that returns bool so it can return failure if necessary.
+// bool OnValue3(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) {
+// // do stuff ...
+// return ok;
+// }
+//
+// // Member function handler.
+// class MyClosure {
+// public:
+// void OnValue(int32_t val) {
+// // do stuff ...
+// }
+// };
+//
+// // Takes ownership of the MyHandlerData.
+// handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbBind(OnValue1, new MyHandlerData(...)));
+// handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue2));
+// handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue3));
+// handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(&MyClosure::OnValue));
+
+#ifdef UPB_CXX11
+
+// In C++11, the "template" disambiguator can appear even outside templates,
+// so all calls can safely use this pair of macros.
+
+#define UpbMakeHandler(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>()
+
+// We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once.
+#define UpbBind(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>((d))
+
+#else
+
+// Prior to C++11, the "template" disambiguator may only appear inside a
+// template, so the regular macro must not use "template"
+
+#define UpbMakeHandler(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).GetFunc<f>()
+
+#define UpbBind(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).GetFunc<f>((d))
+
+#endif // UPB_CXX11
+
+// This macro must be used in C++98 for calls from inside a template. But we
+// define this variant in all cases; code that wants to be compatible with both
+// C++98 and C++11 should always use this macro when calling from a template.
+#define UpbMakeHandlerT(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>()
+
+// We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once.
+#define UpbBindT(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>((d))
+
+// Handler: a struct that contains the (handler, data, deleter) tuple that is
+// used to register all handlers. Users can Make() these directly but it's
+// more convenient to use the UpbMakeHandler/UpbBind macros above.
+template <class T> class Handler {
+ public:
+ // The underlying, handler function signature that upb uses internally.
+ typedef T FuncPtr;
+
+ // Intentionally implicit.
+ template <class F> Handler(F func);
+ ~Handler();
+
+ private:
+ void AddCleanup(Handlers* h) const {
+ if (cleanup_func_) {
+ bool ok = h->AddCleanup(cleanup_data_, cleanup_func_);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ }
+ }
+
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Handler);
+ friend class Handlers;
+ FuncPtr handler_;
+ mutable HandlerAttributes attr_;
+ mutable bool registered_;
+ void *cleanup_data_;
+ upb_handlerfree *cleanup_func_;
+};
+
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+// Native C API.
+
+// Handler function typedefs.
+typedef bool upb_startmsg_handlerfunc(void *c, const void*);
+typedef bool upb_endmsg_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *, upb_status *status);
+typedef void* upb_startfield_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd);
+typedef bool upb_endfield_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd);
+typedef bool upb_int32_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, int32_t val);
+typedef bool upb_int64_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, int64_t val);
+typedef bool upb_uint32_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, uint32_t val);
+typedef bool upb_uint64_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, uint64_t val);
+typedef bool upb_float_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, float val);
+typedef bool upb_double_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, double val);
+typedef bool upb_bool_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, bool val);
+typedef void *upb_startstr_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd,
+ size_t size_hint);
+typedef size_t upb_string_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle* handle);
+
+// upb_bufhandle
+size_t upb_bufhandle_objofs(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+
+// upb_handlerattr
+void upb_handlerattr_init(upb_handlerattr *attr);
+void upb_handlerattr_uninit(upb_handlerattr *attr);
+
+bool upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(upb_handlerattr *attr, const void *hd);
+bool upb_handlerattr_setclosuretype(upb_handlerattr *attr, const void *type);
+const void *upb_handlerattr_closuretype(const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlerattr_setreturnclosuretype(upb_handlerattr *attr,
+ const void *type);
+const void *upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlerattr_setalwaysok(upb_handlerattr *attr, bool alwaysok);
+bool upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ const upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ return attr->handler_data_;
+}
+
+// upb_handlers
+typedef void upb_handlers_callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h);
+upb_handlers *upb_handlers_new(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner);
+const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_newfrozen(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner,
+ upb_handlers_callback *callback,
+ const void *closure);
+bool upb_handlers_isfrozen(const upb_handlers *h);
+void upb_handlers_ref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *owner);
+void upb_handlers_unref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *owner);
+void upb_handlers_donateref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *from,
+ const void *to);
+void upb_handlers_checkref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *owner);
+
+const upb_status *upb_handlers_status(upb_handlers *h);
+void upb_handlers_clearerr(upb_handlers *h);
+const upb_msgdef *upb_handlers_msgdef(const upb_handlers *h);
+bool upb_handlers_addcleanup(upb_handlers *h, void *p, upb_handlerfree *hfree);
+
+bool upb_handlers_setstartmsg(upb_handlers *h, upb_startmsg_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setendmsg(upb_handlers *h, upb_endmsg_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setint32(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_int32_handlerfunc *func, upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setint64(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_int64_handlerfunc *func, upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setuint32(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_uint32_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setuint64(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_uint64_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setfloat(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_float_handlerfunc *func, upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setdouble(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_double_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setbool(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_bool_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setstartstr(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_startstr_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setstring(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_string_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setendstr(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setstartseq(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_startfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_startfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setendseq(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+
+bool upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ const upb_handlers *sub);
+const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(const upb_handlers *h,
+ const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t sel);
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_func *upb_handlers_gethandler(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t s) {
+ return (upb_func *)h->table[s].func;
+}
+
+bool upb_handlers_getattr(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t s) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(&h->table[s].attr);
+}
+
+// Handler types for single fields.
+// Right now we only have one for TYPE_BYTES but ones for other types
+// should follow.
+//
+// These follow the same handlers protocol for fields of a message.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::BytesHandler,
+ public:
+ BytesHandler();
+ ~BytesHandler();
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_byteshandler,
+ upb_handlers_tabent table[3];
+));
+
+void upb_byteshandler_init(upb_byteshandler *h);
+void upb_byteshandler_uninit(upb_byteshandler *h);
+
+// Caller must ensure that "d" outlives the handlers.
+// TODO(haberman): support handlerfree function for the data.
+// TODO(haberman): should this have a "freeze" operation? It's not necessary
+// for memory management, but could be useful to force immutability and provide
+// a convenient moment to verify that all registration succeeded.
+bool upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(upb_byteshandler *h,
+ upb_startstr_handlerfunc *func, void *d);
+bool upb_byteshandler_setstring(upb_byteshandler *h,
+ upb_string_handlerfunc *func, void *d);
+bool upb_byteshandler_setendstr(upb_byteshandler *h,
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func, void *d);
+
+// "Static" methods
+bool upb_handlers_freeze(upb_handlers *const *handlers, int n, upb_status *s);
+upb_handlertype_t upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_handlers_getselector(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type,
+ upb_selector_t *s);
+UPB_INLINE upb_selector_t upb_handlers_getendselector(upb_selector_t start) {
+ return start + 1;
+}
+
+// Internal-only.
+uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorbaseoffset(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorcount(const upb_fielddef *f);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Inline definitions for handlers.h, which are particularly long and a bit
+ * tricky.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_
+#define UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+// Type detection and typedefs for integer types.
+// For platforms where there are multiple 32-bit or 64-bit types, we need to be
+// able to enumerate them so we can properly create overloads for all variants.
+//
+// If any platform existed where there were three integer types with the same
+// size, this would have to become more complicated. For example, short, int,
+// and long could all be 32-bits. Even more diabolically, short, int, long,
+// and long long could all be 64 bits and still be standard-compliant.
+// However, few platforms are this strange, and it's unlikely that upb will be
+// used on the strangest ones.
+
+// Can't count on stdint.h limits like INT32_MAX, because in C++ these are
+// only defined when __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS are defined before the *first* include
+// of stdint.h. We can't guarantee that someone else didn't include these first
+// without defining __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS.
+#define UPB_INT32_MAX 0x7fffffffLL
+#define UPB_INT32_MIN (-UPB_INT32_MAX - 1)
+#define UPB_INT64_MAX 0x7fffffffffffffffLL
+#define UPB_INT64_MIN (-UPB_INT64_MAX - 1)
+
+#if INT_MAX == UPB_INT32_MAX && INT_MIN == UPB_INT32_MIN
+#define UPB_INT_IS_32BITS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LONG_MAX == UPB_INT32_MAX && LONG_MIN == UPB_INT32_MIN
+#define UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LONG_MAX == UPB_INT64_MAX && LONG_MIN == UPB_INT64_MIN
+#define UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LLONG_MAX == UPB_INT64_MAX && LLONG_MIN == UPB_INT64_MIN
+#define UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS 1
+#endif
+
+// We use macros instead of typedefs so we can undefine them later and avoid
+// leaking them outside this header file.
+#if UPB_INT_IS_32BITS
+#define UPB_INT32_T int
+#define UPB_UINT32_T unsigned int
+
+#if UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS
+#define UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES 1
+#define UPB_INT32ALT_T long
+#define UPB_UINT32ALT_T unsigned long
+#endif // UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS
+
+#elif UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS // && !UPB_INT_IS_32BITS
+#define UPB_INT32_T long
+#define UPB_UINT32_T unsigned long
+#endif // UPB_INT_IS_32BITS
+
+
+#if UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
+#define UPB_INT64_T long
+#define UPB_UINT64_T unsigned long
+
+#if UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS
+#define UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES 1
+#define UPB_INT64ALT_T long long
+#define UPB_UINT64ALT_T unsigned long long
+#endif // UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS
+
+#elif UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS // && !UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
+#define UPB_INT64_T long long
+#define UPB_UINT64_T unsigned long long
+#endif // UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
+
+#undef UPB_INT32_MAX
+#undef UPB_INT32_MIN
+#undef UPB_INT64_MAX
+#undef UPB_INT64_MIN
+#undef UPB_INT_IS_32BITS
+#undef UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS
+#undef UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
+#undef UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS
+
+// C inline methods.
+
+// upb_bufhandle
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ h->obj_ = NULL;
+ h->objtype_ = NULL;
+ h->buf_ = NULL;
+ h->objofs_ = 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_uninit(upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(h);
+}
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h, const void *obj,
+ const void *type) {
+ h->obj_ = obj;
+ h->objtype_ = type;
+}
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h, const char *buf,
+ size_t ofs) {
+ h->buf_ = buf;
+ h->objofs_ = ofs;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->obj_;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_objtype(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->objtype_;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const char *upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->buf_;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+typedef void CleanupFunc(void *ptr);
+
+// Template to remove "const" from "const T*" and just return "T*".
+//
+// We define a nonsense default because otherwise it will fail to instantiate as
+// a function parameter type even in cases where we don't expect any caller to
+// actually match the overload.
+class CouldntRemoveConst {};
+template <class T> struct remove_constptr { typedef CouldntRemoveConst type; };
+template <class T> struct remove_constptr<const T *> { typedef T *type; };
+
+// Template that we use below to remove a template specialization from
+// consideration if it matches a specific type.
+template <class T, class U> struct disable_if_same { typedef void Type; };
+template <class T> struct disable_if_same<T, T> {};
+
+template <class T> void DeletePointer(void *p) { delete static_cast<T>(p); }
+
+template <class T1, class T2>
+struct FirstUnlessVoid {
+ typedef T1 value;
+};
+
+template <class T2>
+struct FirstUnlessVoid<void, T2> {
+ typedef T2 value;
+};
+
+template<class T, class U>
+struct is_same {
+ static bool value;
+};
+
+template<class T>
+struct is_same<T, T> {
+ static bool value;
+};
+
+template<class T, class U>
+bool is_same<T, U>::value = false;
+
+template<class T>
+bool is_same<T, T>::value = true;
+
+// FuncInfo ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Info about the user's original, pre-wrapped function.
+template <class C, class R = void>
+struct FuncInfo {
+ // The type of the closure that the function takes (its first param).
+ typedef C Closure;
+
+ // The return type.
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+// Func ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Func1, Func2, Func3: Template classes representing a function and its
+// signature.
+//
+// Since the function is a template parameter, calling the function can be
+// inlined at compile-time and does not require a function pointer at runtime.
+// These functions are not bound to a handler data so have no data or cleanup
+// handler.
+struct UnboundFunc {
+ CleanupFunc *GetCleanup() { return NULL; }
+ void *GetData() { return NULL; }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1), class I>
+struct Func1 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1) { return F(p1); }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct Func2 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2) { return F(p1, p2); }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct Func3 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) { return F(p1, p2, p3); }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4),
+ class I>
+struct Func4 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4) { return F(p1, p2, p3, p4); }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5), class I>
+struct Func5 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5) {
+ return F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5);
+ }
+};
+
+// BoundFunc ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// BoundFunc2, BoundFunc3: Like Func2/Func3 except also contains a value that
+// shall be bound to the function's second parameter.
+//
+// Note that the second parameter is a const pointer, but our stored bound value
+// is non-const so we can free it when the handlers are destroyed.
+template <class T>
+struct BoundFunc {
+ typedef typename remove_constptr<T>::type MutableP2;
+ explicit BoundFunc(MutableP2 data_) : data(data_) {}
+ CleanupFunc *GetCleanup() { return &DeletePointer<MutableP2>; }
+ MutableP2 GetData() { return data; }
+ MutableP2 data;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct BoundFunc2 : public BoundFunc<P2> {
+ typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ explicit BoundFunc2(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {}
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct BoundFunc3 : public BoundFunc<P2> {
+ typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ explicit BoundFunc3(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {}
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4),
+ class I>
+struct BoundFunc4 : public BoundFunc<P2> {
+ typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ explicit BoundFunc4(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {}
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5), class I>
+struct BoundFunc5 : public BoundFunc<P2> {
+ typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ explicit BoundFunc5(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {}
+};
+
+// FuncSig /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// FuncSig1, FuncSig2, FuncSig3: template classes reflecting a function
+// *signature*, but without a specific function attached.
+//
+// These classes contain member functions that can be invoked with a
+// specific function to return a Func/BoundFunc class.
+template <class R, class P1>
+struct FuncSig1 {
+ template <R F(P1)>
+ Func1<R, P1, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func1<R, P1, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2>
+struct FuncSig2 {
+ template <R F(P1, P2)>
+ Func2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R F(P1, P2)>
+ BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) {
+ return BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+struct FuncSig3 {
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3)>
+ Func3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3)>
+ BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) {
+ return BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+struct FuncSig4 {
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+ Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+ BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) {
+ return BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5>
+struct FuncSig5 {
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)>
+ Func5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)>
+ BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) {
+ return BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2);
+ }
+};
+
+// Overloaded template function that can construct the appropriate FuncSig*
+// class given a function pointer by deducing the template parameters.
+template <class R, class P1>
+inline FuncSig1<R, P1> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return FuncSig1<R, P1>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2>
+inline FuncSig2<R, P1, P2> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return FuncSig2<R, P1, P2>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+inline FuncSig3<R, P1, P2, P3> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return FuncSig3<R, P1, P2, P3>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+inline FuncSig4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return FuncSig4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5>
+inline FuncSig5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return FuncSig5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5>();
+}
+
+// MethodSig ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// CallMethod*: a function template that calls a given method.
+template <class R, class C, R (C::*F)()>
+R CallMethod0(C *obj) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, R (C::*F)(P1)>
+R CallMethod1(C *obj, P1 arg1) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)(arg1);
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, R (C::*F)(P1, P2)>
+R CallMethod2(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2);
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3)>
+R CallMethod3(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2, P3 arg3) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2, arg3);
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4,
+ R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+R CallMethod4(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2, P3 arg3, P4 arg4) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4);
+}
+
+// MethodSig: like FuncSig, but for member functions.
+//
+// GetFunc() returns a normal FuncN object, so after calling GetFunc() no
+// more logic is required to special-case methods.
+template <class R, class C>
+struct MethodSig0 {
+ template <R (C::*F)()>
+ Func1<R, C *, CallMethod0<R, C, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func1<R, C *, CallMethod0<R, C, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1>
+struct MethodSig1 {
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1)>
+ Func2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1)>
+ BoundFunc2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) {
+ return BoundFunc2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >(
+ param1);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2>
+struct MethodSig2 {
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2)>
+ Func3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc() {
+ return Func3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2)>
+ BoundFunc3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc(typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) {
+ return BoundFunc3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >(param1);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+struct MethodSig3 {
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3)>
+ Func4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc() {
+ return Func4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3)>
+ BoundFunc4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc(typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) {
+ return BoundFunc4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >(param1);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+struct MethodSig4 {
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+ Func5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc() {
+ return Func5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+ BoundFunc5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc(typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) {
+ return BoundFunc5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4,
+ CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >(
+ param1);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C>
+inline MethodSig0<R, C> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)()) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return MethodSig0<R, C>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1>
+inline MethodSig1<R, C, P1> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return MethodSig1<R, C, P1>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2>
+inline MethodSig2<R, C, P1, P2> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return MethodSig2<R, C, P1, P2>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+inline MethodSig3<R, C, P1, P2, P3> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2, P3)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return MethodSig3<R, C, P1, P2, P3>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+inline MethodSig4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ return MethodSig4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4>();
+}
+
+// MaybeWrapReturn /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Template class that attempts to wrap the return value of the function so it
+// matches the expected type. There are two main adjustments it may make:
+//
+// 1. If the function returns void, make it return the expected type and with
+// a value that always indicates success.
+// 2. If the function is expected to return void* but doesn't, wrap it so it
+// does (either by returning the closure param if the wrapped function
+// returns void or by casting a different pointer type to void* for
+// return).
+
+// Template parameters are FuncN type and desired return type.
+template <class F, class R, class Enable = void>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn;
+
+// If the return type matches, return the given function unwrapped.
+template <class F>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<F, typename F::Return> {
+ typedef F Func;
+};
+
+// Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (bool)true.
+template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2)>
+bool ReturnTrue2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
+ F(p1, p2);
+ return true;
+}
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3)>
+bool ReturnTrue3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ F(p1, p2, p3);
+ return true;
+}
+
+// Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (void*)arg1
+template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2)>
+void *ReturnClosure2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
+ F(p1, p2);
+ return p1;
+}
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3)>
+void *ReturnClosure3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ F(p1, p2, p3);
+ return p1;
+}
+
+// Function wrapper that munges the return value from R to void*.
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2)>
+void *CastReturnToVoidPtr2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
+ return F(p1, p2);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3)>
+void *CastReturnToVoidPtr3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ return F(p1, p2, p3);
+}
+
+// Function wrapper that munges the return value from bool to void*.
+template <class P1, class P2, bool F(P1, P2)>
+void *ReturnClosureOrBreak2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
+ return F(p1, p2) ? p1 : UPB_BREAK;
+}
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, bool F(P1, P2, P3)>
+void *ReturnClosureOrBreak3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ return F(p1, p2, p3) ? p1 : UPB_BREAK;
+}
+
+// For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param.
+template <class P1, class P2,
+ void F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *)>
+size_t ReturnStringLen(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4,
+ const BufferHandle *p5) {
+ F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5);
+ return p4;
+}
+
+// For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param or
+// zero.
+template <class P1, class P2,
+ bool F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *)>
+size_t ReturnNOr0(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4,
+ const BufferHandle *p5) {
+ return F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5) ? p4 : 0;
+}
+
+// If we have a function returning void but want a function returning bool, wrap
+// it in a function that returns true.
+template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<void, P1, P2, F, I>, bool> {
+ typedef Func2<bool, P1, P2, ReturnTrue2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<void, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, bool> {
+ typedef Func3<bool, P1, P2, P3, ReturnTrue3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+// If our function returns void but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
+// function that returns the first argument.
+template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<void, P1, P2, F, I>, void *> {
+ typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, ReturnClosure2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<void, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *> {
+ typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, ReturnClosure3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+// If our function returns R* but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
+// function that casts to void*.
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R *F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<R *, P1, P2, F, I>, void *,
+ typename disable_if_same<R *, void *>::Type> {
+ typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, CastReturnToVoidPtr2<R *, P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R *F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<R *, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *,
+ typename disable_if_same<R *, void *>::Type> {
+ typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, CastReturnToVoidPtr3<R *, P1, P2, P3, F>, I>
+ Func;
+};
+
+// If our function returns bool but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
+// function that returns either the first param or UPB_BREAK.
+template <class P1, class P2, bool F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<bool, P1, P2, F, I>, void *> {
+ typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, ReturnClosureOrBreak2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, bool F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<bool, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *> {
+ typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, ReturnClosureOrBreak3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I>
+ Func;
+};
+
+// If our function returns void but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a
+// function that returns the size argument.
+template <class P1, class P2,
+ void F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<
+ Func5<void, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *, F, I>,
+ size_t> {
+ typedef Func5<size_t, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *,
+ ReturnStringLen<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+// If our function returns bool but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a
+// function that returns either 0 or the buf size.
+template <class P1, class P2,
+ bool F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<
+ Func5<bool, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *, F, I>,
+ size_t> {
+ typedef Func5<size_t, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *,
+ ReturnNOr0<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+// ConvertParams ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Template class that converts the function parameters if necessary, and
+// ignores the HandlerData parameter if appropriate.
+//
+// Template parameter is the are FuncN function type.
+template <class F, class T>
+struct ConvertParams;
+
+// Function that discards the handler data parameter.
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1)>
+R IgnoreHandlerData2(void *p1, const void *hd) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1));
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2Wrapper, class P2Wrapped,
+ R F(P1, P2Wrapped)>
+R IgnoreHandlerData3(void *p1, const void *hd, P2Wrapper p2) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3)>
+R IgnoreHandlerData4(void *p1, const void *hd, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+R IgnoreHandlerData5(void *p1, const void *hd, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3, p4);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1, const char*, size_t)>
+R IgnoreHandlerDataIgnoreHandle(void *p1, const void *hd, const char *p2,
+ size_t p3, const BufferHandle *handle) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3);
+}
+
+// Function that casts the handler data parameter.
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2)>
+R CastHandlerData2(void *c, const void *hd) {
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd));
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3Wrapper, class P3Wrapped,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3Wrapped)>
+R CastHandlerData3(void *c, const void *hd, P3Wrapper p3) {
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)>
+R CastHandlerData5(void *c, const void *hd, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5) {
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3, p4, p5);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t)>
+R CastHandlerDataIgnoreHandle(void *c, const void *hd, const char *p3,
+ size_t p4, const BufferHandle *handle) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3, p4);
+}
+
+// For unbound functions, ignore the handler data.
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1), class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<Func1<R, P1, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func2<R, void *, const void *, IgnoreHandlerData2<R, P1, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I,
+ class R2, class P1_2, class P2_2, class P3_2>
+struct ConvertParams<Func2<R, P1, P2, F, I>,
+ R2 (*)(P1_2, P2_2, P3_2)> {
+ typedef Func3<R, void *, const void *, P3_2,
+ IgnoreHandlerData3<R, P1, P3_2, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+// For StringBuffer only; this ignores both the handler data and the
+// BufferHandle.
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1, const char *, size_t), class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<Func3<R, P1, const char *, size_t, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, const char *, size_t,
+ const BufferHandle *, IgnoreHandlerDataIgnoreHandle<R, P1, F>,
+ I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4),
+ class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, P2, P3, P4,
+ IgnoreHandlerData5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+// For bound functions, cast the handler data.
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func2<R, void *, const void *, CastHandlerData2<R, P1, P2, F>, I>
+ Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3), class I,
+ class R2, class P1_2, class P2_2, class P3_2>
+struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, I>,
+ R2 (*)(P1_2, P2_2, P3_2)> {
+ typedef Func3<R, void *, const void *, P3_2,
+ CastHandlerData3<R, P1, P2, P3_2, P3, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+// For StringBuffer only; this ignores the BufferHandle.
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t),
+ class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, const char *, size_t,
+ const BufferHandle *, CastHandlerDataIgnoreHandle<R, P1, P2, F>,
+ I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5), class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, P3, P4, P5,
+ CastHandlerData5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+// utype/ltype are upper/lower-case, ctype is canonical C type, vtype is
+// variant C type.
+#define TYPE_METHODS(utype, ltype, ctype, vtype) \
+ template <> struct CanonicalType<vtype> { \
+ typedef ctype Type; \
+ }; \
+ template <> \
+ inline bool Handlers::SetValueHandler<vtype>( \
+ const FieldDef *f, \
+ const Handlers::utype ## Handler& handler) { \
+ assert(!handler.registered_); \
+ handler.AddCleanup(this); \
+ handler.registered_ = true; \
+ return upb_handlers_set##ltype(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); \
+ } \
+
+TYPE_METHODS(Double, double, double, double);
+TYPE_METHODS(Float, float, float, float);
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64_T);
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32_T);
+TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64_T);
+TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32_T);
+TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool, bool, bool);
+
+#ifdef UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES
+TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32ALT_T);
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32ALT_T);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES
+TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64ALT_T);
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64ALT_T);
+#endif
+#undef TYPE_METHODS
+
+template <> struct CanonicalType<Status*> {
+ typedef Status* Type;
+};
+
+// Type methods that are only one-per-canonical-type and not one-per-cvariant.
+
+#define TYPE_METHODS(utype, ctype) \
+ inline bool Handlers::Set##utype##Handler(const FieldDef *f, \
+ const utype##Handler &h) { \
+ return SetValueHandler<ctype>(f, h); \
+ } \
+
+TYPE_METHODS(Double, double);
+TYPE_METHODS(Float, float);
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64_t);
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32_t);
+TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64_t);
+TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32_t);
+TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool);
+#undef TYPE_METHODS
+
+template <class F> struct ReturnOf;
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2>
+struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2)> {
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2, P3)> {
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2, P3, P4)> {
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5>
+struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)> {
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+template<class T> const void *UniquePtrForType() {
+ static const char ch = 0;
+ return &ch;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+template <class F>
+inline Handler<T>::Handler(F func)
+ : registered_(false),
+ cleanup_data_(func.GetData()),
+ cleanup_func_(func.GetCleanup()) {
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr_, func.GetData());
+ typedef typename ReturnOf<T>::Return Return;
+ typedef typename ConvertParams<F, T>::Func ConvertedParamsFunc;
+ typedef typename MaybeWrapReturn<ConvertedParamsFunc, Return>::Func
+ ReturnWrappedFunc;
+ handler_ = ReturnWrappedFunc().Call;
+
+ // Set attributes based on what templates can statically tell us about the
+ // user's function.
+
+ // If the original function returns void, then we know that we wrapped it to
+ // always return ok.
+ bool always_ok = is_same<typename F::FuncInfo::Return, void>::value;
+ attr_.SetAlwaysOk(always_ok);
+
+ // Closure parameter and return type.
+ attr_.SetClosureType(UniquePtrForType<typename F::FuncInfo::Closure>());
+
+ // We use the closure type (from the first parameter) if the return type is
+ // void. This is all nonsense for non START* handlers, but it doesn't matter
+ // because in that case the value will be ignored.
+ typedef typename FirstUnlessVoid<typename F::FuncInfo::Return,
+ typename F::FuncInfo::Closure>::value
+ EffectiveReturn;
+ attr_.SetReturnClosureType(UniquePtrForType<EffectiveReturn>());
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline Handler<T>::~Handler() {
+ assert(registered_);
+}
+
+inline HandlerAttributes::HandlerAttributes() { upb_handlerattr_init(this); }
+inline HandlerAttributes::~HandlerAttributes() { upb_handlerattr_uninit(this); }
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetHandlerData(const void *hd) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(this, hd);
+}
+inline const void* HandlerAttributes::handler_data() const {
+ return upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(this);
+}
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetClosureType(const void *type) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_setclosuretype(this, type);
+}
+inline const void* HandlerAttributes::closure_type() const {
+ return upb_handlerattr_closuretype(this);
+}
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetReturnClosureType(const void *type) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_setreturnclosuretype(this, type);
+}
+inline const void* HandlerAttributes::return_closure_type() const {
+ return upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(this);
+}
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetAlwaysOk(bool always_ok) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_setalwaysok(this, always_ok);
+}
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::always_ok() const {
+ return upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(this);
+}
+
+inline BufferHandle::BufferHandle() { upb_bufhandle_init(this); }
+inline BufferHandle::~BufferHandle() { upb_bufhandle_uninit(this); }
+inline const char* BufferHandle::buffer() const {
+ return upb_bufhandle_buf(this);
+}
+inline size_t BufferHandle::object_offset() const {
+ return upb_bufhandle_objofs(this);
+}
+inline void BufferHandle::SetBuffer(const char* buf, size_t ofs) {
+ upb_bufhandle_setbuf(this, buf, ofs);
+}
+template <class T>
+void BufferHandle::SetAttachedObject(const T* obj) {
+ upb_bufhandle_setobj(this, obj, UniquePtrForType<T>());
+}
+template <class T>
+const T* BufferHandle::GetAttachedObject() const {
+ return upb_bufhandle_objtype(this) == UniquePtrForType<T>()
+ ? static_cast<const T *>(upb_bufhandle_obj(this))
+ : NULL;
+}
+
+inline reffed_ptr<Handlers> Handlers::New(const MessageDef *m) {
+ upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_new(m, &h);
+ return reffed_ptr<Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Handlers::NewFrozen(
+ const MessageDef *m, upb_handlers_callback *callback,
+ const void *closure) {
+ const upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_newfrozen(m, &h, callback, closure);
+ return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::IsFrozen() const { return upb_handlers_isfrozen(this); }
+inline void Handlers::Ref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_handlers_ref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void Handlers::Unref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_handlers_unref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void Handlers::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const {
+ upb_handlers_donateref(this, from, to);
+}
+inline void Handlers::CheckRef(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_handlers_checkref(this, owner);
+}
+inline const Status* Handlers::status() {
+ return upb_handlers_status(this);
+}
+inline void Handlers::ClearError() {
+ return upb_handlers_clearerr(this);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::Freeze(Status *s) {
+ upb::Handlers* h = this;
+ return upb_handlers_freeze(&h, 1, s);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::Freeze(Handlers *const *handlers, int n, Status *s) {
+ return upb_handlers_freeze(handlers, n, s);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::Freeze(const std::vector<Handlers*>& h, Status* status) {
+ return upb_handlers_freeze((Handlers* const*)&h[0], h.size(), status);
+}
+inline const MessageDef *Handlers::message_def() const {
+ return upb_handlers_msgdef(this);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::AddCleanup(void *p, upb_handlerfree *func) {
+ return upb_handlers_addcleanup(this, p, func);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStartMessageHandler(
+ const Handlers::StartMessageHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstartmsg(this, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetEndMessageHandler(
+ const Handlers::EndMessageHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setendmsg(this, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStartStringHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const StartStringHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstartstr(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetEndStringHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const EndFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setendstr(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStringHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const StringHandler& handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstring(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStartSequenceHandler(
+ const FieldDef *f, const StartFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstartseq(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStartSubMessageHandler(
+ const FieldDef *f, const StartFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetEndSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const EndFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetEndSequenceHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const EndFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setendseq(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetSubHandlers(const FieldDef *f, const Handlers *sub) {
+ return upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(this, f, sub);
+}
+inline const Handlers *Handlers::GetSubHandlers(const FieldDef *f) const {
+ return upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(this, f);
+}
+inline const Handlers *Handlers::GetSubHandlers(Handlers::Selector sel) const {
+ return upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(this, sel);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::GetSelector(const FieldDef *f, Handlers::Type type,
+ Handlers::Selector *s) {
+ return upb_handlers_getselector(f, type, s);
+}
+inline Handlers::Selector Handlers::GetEndSelector(Handlers::Selector start) {
+ return upb_handlers_getendselector(start);
+}
+inline Handlers::GenericFunction *Handlers::GetHandler(
+ Handlers::Selector selector) {
+ return upb_handlers_gethandler(this, selector);
+}
+inline const void *Handlers::GetHandlerData(Handlers::Selector selector) {
+ return upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(this, selector);
+}
+
+inline BytesHandler::BytesHandler() {
+ upb_byteshandler_init(this);
+}
+
+inline BytesHandler::~BytesHandler() {
+ upb_byteshandler_uninit(this);
+}
+
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+
+#undef UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES
+#undef UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES
+#undef UPB_INT32_T
+#undef UPB_UINT32_T
+#undef UPB_INT32ALT_T
+#undef UPB_UINT32ALT_T
+#undef UPB_INT64_T
+#undef UPB_UINT64_T
+#undef UPB_INT64ALT_T
+#undef UPB_UINT64ALT_T
+
+#endif // UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_
+
+#endif // UPB_HANDLERS_H
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010-2012 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * A upb_sink is an object that binds a upb_handlers object to some runtime
+ * state. It is the object that can actually receive data via the upb_handlers
+ * interface.
+ *
+ * Unlike upb_def and upb_handlers, upb_sink is never frozen, immutable, or
+ * thread-safe. You can create as many of them as you want, but each one may
+ * only be used in a single thread at a time.
+ *
+ * If we compare with class-based OOP, a you can think of a upb_def as an
+ * abstract base class, a upb_handlers as a concrete derived class, and a
+ * upb_sink as an object (class instance).
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_SINK_H
+#define UPB_SINK_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+class BufferSource;
+class BytesSink;
+class Sink;
+}
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferSource, upb_bufsrc);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesSink, upb_bytessink);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Sink, upb_sink);
+
+// Internal-only struct for the sink.
+struct upb_sinkframe {
+ UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+ const upb_handlers *h;
+ void *closure;
+
+ // For any frames besides the top, this is the END* callback that will run
+ // when the subframe is popped (for example, for a "sequence" frame the frame
+ // above it will be a UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ handler). But this is only
+ // necessary for assertion checking inside upb_sink and can be omitted if the
+ // sink has only one caller.
+ //
+ // TODO(haberman): have a mechanism for ensuring that a sink only has one
+ // caller.
+ upb_selector_t selector;
+};
+
+// The maximum nesting depth that upb::Sink will allow. Matches proto2's limit.
+// TODO: make this a runtime-settable property of Sink.
+#define UPB_SINK_MAX_NESTING 64
+
+// A upb::Sink is an object that binds a upb::Handlers object to some runtime
+// state. It represents an endpoint to which data can be sent.
+//
+// TODO(haberman): right now all of these functions take selectors. Should they
+// take selectorbase instead?
+//
+// ie. instead of calling:
+// sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD_START_STRING, ...)
+// a selector base would let you say:
+// sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD, ...)
+//
+// This would make call sites a little nicer and require emitting fewer selector
+// definitions in .h files.
+//
+// But the current scheme has the benefit that you can retrieve a function
+// pointer for any handler with handlers->GetHandler(selector), without having
+// to have a separate GetHandler() function for each handler type. The JIT
+// compiler uses this. To accommodate we'd have to expose a separate
+// GetHandler() for every handler type.
+//
+// Also to ponder: selectors right now are independent of a specific Handlers
+// instance. In other words, they allocate a number to every possible handler
+// that *could* be registered, without knowing anything about what handlers
+// *are* registered. That means that using selectors as table offsets prohibits
+// us from compacting the handler table at Freeze() time. If the table is very
+// sparse, this could be wasteful.
+//
+// Having another selector-like thing that is specific to a Handlers instance
+// would allow this compacting, but then it would be impossible to write code
+// ahead-of-time that can be bound to any Handlers instance at runtime. For
+// example, a .proto file parser written as straight C will not know what
+// Handlers it will be bound to, so when it calls sink->StartString() what
+// selector will it pass? It needs a selector like we have today, that is
+// independent of any particular upb::Handlers.
+//
+// Is there a way then to allow Handlers table compaction?
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::Sink,
+ public:
+ // Constructor with no initialization; must be Reset() before use.
+ Sink() {}
+
+ // Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure.
+ //
+ // TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T
+ // matches it.
+ template <class T> Sink(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure);
+
+ // Resets the value of the sink.
+ template <class T> void Reset(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure);
+
+ // Returns the top-level object that is bound to this sink.
+ //
+ // TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T
+ // matches it.
+ template <class T> T* GetObject() const;
+
+ // Functions for pushing data into the sink.
+ //
+ // These return false if processing should stop (either due to error or just
+ // to suspend).
+ //
+ // These may not be called from within one of the same sink's handlers (in
+ // other words, handlers are not re-entrant).
+
+ // Should be called at the start and end of every message; both the top-level
+ // message and submessages. This means that submessages should use the
+ // following sequence:
+ // sink->StartSubMessage(startsubmsg_selector);
+ // sink->StartMessage();
+ // // ...
+ // sink->EndMessage(&status);
+ // sink->EndSubMessage(endsubmsg_selector);
+ bool StartMessage();
+ bool EndMessage(Status* status);
+
+ // Putting of individual values. These work for both repeated and
+ // non-repeated fields, but for repeated fields you must wrap them in
+ // calls to StartSequence()/EndSequence().
+ bool PutInt32(Handlers::Selector s, int32_t val);
+ bool PutInt64(Handlers::Selector s, int64_t val);
+ bool PutUInt32(Handlers::Selector s, uint32_t val);
+ bool PutUInt64(Handlers::Selector s, uint64_t val);
+ bool PutFloat(Handlers::Selector s, float val);
+ bool PutDouble(Handlers::Selector s, double val);
+ bool PutBool(Handlers::Selector s, bool val);
+
+ // Putting of string/bytes values. Each string can consist of zero or more
+ // non-contiguous buffers of data.
+ //
+ // For StartString(), the function will write a sink for the string to "sub."
+ // The sub-sink must be used for any/all PutStringBuffer() calls.
+ bool StartString(Handlers::Selector s, size_t size_hint, Sink* sub);
+ size_t PutStringBuffer(Handlers::Selector s, const char *buf, size_t len,
+ const BufferHandle *handle);
+ bool EndString(Handlers::Selector s);
+
+ // For submessage fields.
+ //
+ // For StartSubMessage(), the function will write a sink for the string to
+ // "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the
+ // submessage.
+ bool StartSubMessage(Handlers::Selector s, Sink* sub);
+ bool EndSubMessage(Handlers::Selector s);
+
+ // For repeated fields of any type, the sequence of values must be wrapped in
+ // these calls.
+ //
+ // For StartSequence(), the function will write a sink for the string to
+ // "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the
+ // sequence.
+ bool StartSequence(Handlers::Selector s, Sink* sub);
+ bool EndSequence(Handlers::Selector s);
+
+ // Copy and assign specifically allowed.
+ // We don't even bother making these members private because so many
+ // functions need them and this is mainly just a dumb data container anyway.
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_sink,
+ const upb_handlers *handlers;
+ void *closure;
+));
+
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::BytesSink,
+ public:
+ BytesSink() {}
+
+ // Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure.
+ //
+ // TODO(haberman): once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify
+ // that T matches it.
+ template <class T> BytesSink(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure);
+
+ // Resets the value of the sink.
+ template <class T> void Reset(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure);
+
+ bool Start(size_t size_hint, void **subc);
+ size_t PutBuffer(void *subc, const char *buf, size_t len,
+ const BufferHandle *handle);
+ bool End();
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_bytessink,
+ const upb_byteshandler *handler;
+ void *closure;
+));
+
+// A class for pushing a flat buffer of data to a BytesSink.
+// You can construct an instance of this to get a resumable source,
+// or just call the static PutBuffer() to do a non-resumable push all in one go.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::BufferSource,
+ public:
+ BufferSource();
+ BufferSource(const char* buf, size_t len, BytesSink* sink);
+
+ // Returns true if the entire buffer was pushed successfully. Otherwise the
+ // next call to PutNext() will resume where the previous one left off.
+ // TODO(haberman): implement this.
+ bool PutNext();
+
+ // A static version; with this version is it not possible to resume in the
+ // case of failure or a partially-consumed buffer.
+ static bool PutBuffer(const char* buf, size_t len, BytesSink* sink);
+
+ template <class T> static bool PutBuffer(const T& str, BytesSink* sink) {
+ return PutBuffer(str.c_str(), str.size(), sink);
+ }
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_bufsrc,
+));
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// Inline definitions.
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bytessink_reset(upb_bytessink *s, const upb_byteshandler *h,
+ void *closure) {
+ s->handler = h;
+ s->closure = closure;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_start(upb_bytessink *s, size_t size_hint,
+ void **subc) {
+ *subc = s->closure;
+ if (!s->handler) return true;
+ upb_startstr_handlerfunc *start =
+ (upb_startstr_handlerfunc *)s->handler->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].func;
+
+ if (!start) return true;
+ *subc = start(s->closure, upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ &s->handler->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].attr),
+ size_hint);
+ return *subc != NULL;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_bytessink_putbuf(upb_bytessink *s, void *subc,
+ const char *buf, size_t size,
+ const upb_bufhandle* handle) {
+ if (!s->handler) return true;
+ upb_string_handlerfunc *putbuf =
+ (upb_string_handlerfunc *)s->handler->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].func;
+
+ if (!putbuf) return true;
+ return putbuf(subc, upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ &s->handler->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].attr),
+ buf, size, handle);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_end(upb_bytessink *s) {
+ if (!s->handler) return true;
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *end =
+ (upb_endfield_handlerfunc *)s->handler->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].func;
+
+ if (!end) return true;
+ return end(s->closure,
+ upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ &s->handler->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].attr));
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_bufsrc_putbuf(const char *buf, size_t len,
+ upb_bytessink *sink) {
+ void *subc;
+ upb_bufhandle handle;
+ upb_bufhandle_init(&handle);
+ upb_bufhandle_setbuf(&handle, buf, 0);
+ bool ret = upb_bytessink_start(sink, len, &subc);
+ if (ret && len != 0) {
+ ret = (upb_bytessink_putbuf(sink, subc, buf, len, &handle) == len);
+ }
+ if (ret) {
+ ret = upb_bytessink_end(sink);
+ }
+ upb_bufhandle_uninit(&handle);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#define PUTVAL(type, ctype) \
+ UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_put##type(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel, \
+ ctype val) { \
+ if (!s->handlers) return true; \
+ upb_##type##_handlerfunc *func = \
+ (upb_##type##_handlerfunc *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); \
+ if (!func) return true; \
+ const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); \
+ return func(s->closure, hd, val); \
+ }
+
+PUTVAL(int32, int32_t);
+PUTVAL(int64, int64_t);
+PUTVAL(uint32, uint32_t);
+PUTVAL(uint64, uint64_t);
+PUTVAL(float, float);
+PUTVAL(double, double);
+PUTVAL(bool, bool);
+#undef PUTVAL
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_sink_reset(upb_sink *s, const upb_handlers *h, void *c) {
+ s->handlers = h;
+ s->closure = c;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_sink_putstring(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
+ const char *buf, size_t n,
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ if (!s->handlers) return n;
+ upb_string_handlerfunc *handler =
+ (upb_string_handlerfunc *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!handler) return n;
+ const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ return handler(s->closure, hd, buf, n, handle);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startmsg(upb_sink *s) {
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ upb_startmsg_handlerfunc *startmsg =
+ (upb_startmsg_handlerfunc *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers,
+ UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
+ if (!startmsg) return true;
+ const void *hd =
+ upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
+ return startmsg(s->closure, hd);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_status *status) {
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ upb_endmsg_handlerfunc *endmsg =
+ (upb_endmsg_handlerfunc *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers,
+ UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
+
+ if (!endmsg) return true;
+ const void *hd =
+ upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
+ return endmsg(s->closure, hd, status);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startseq(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
+ upb_sink *sub) {
+ sub->closure = s->closure;
+ sub->handlers = s->handlers;
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ upb_startfield_handlerfunc *startseq =
+ (upb_startfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!startseq) return true;
+ const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ sub->closure = startseq(s->closure, hd);
+ return sub->closure ? true : false;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endseq(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *endseq =
+ (upb_endfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!endseq) return true;
+ const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ return endseq(s->closure, hd);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startstr(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
+ size_t size_hint, upb_sink *sub) {
+ sub->closure = s->closure;
+ sub->handlers = s->handlers;
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ upb_startstr_handlerfunc *startstr =
+ (upb_startstr_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!startstr) return true;
+ const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ sub->closure = startstr(s->closure, hd, size_hint);
+ return sub->closure ? true : false;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endstr(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *endstr =
+ (upb_endfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!endstr) return true;
+ const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ return endstr(s->closure, hd);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startsubmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
+ upb_sink *sub) {
+ sub->closure = s->closure;
+ if (!s->handlers) {
+ sub->handlers = NULL;
+ return true;
+ }
+ sub->handlers = upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(s->handlers, sel);
+ upb_startfield_handlerfunc *startsubmsg =
+ (upb_startfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!startsubmsg) return true;
+ const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ sub->closure = startsubmsg(s->closure, hd);
+ return sub->closure ? true : false;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endsubmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *endsubmsg =
+ (upb_endfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!endsubmsg) return s->closure;
+ const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ return endsubmsg(s->closure, hd);
+}
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+template <class T> Sink::Sink(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure) {
+ upb_sink_reset(this, handlers, closure);
+}
+template <class T>
+inline void Sink::Reset(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure) {
+ upb_sink_reset(this, handlers, closure);
+}
+inline bool Sink::StartMessage() {
+ return upb_sink_startmsg(this);
+}
+inline bool Sink::EndMessage(Status* status) {
+ return upb_sink_endmsg(this, status);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutInt32(Handlers::Selector sel, int32_t val) {
+ return upb_sink_putint32(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutInt64(Handlers::Selector sel, int64_t val) {
+ return upb_sink_putint64(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutUInt32(Handlers::Selector sel, uint32_t val) {
+ return upb_sink_putuint32(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutUInt64(Handlers::Selector sel, uint64_t val) {
+ return upb_sink_putuint64(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutFloat(Handlers::Selector sel, float val) {
+ return upb_sink_putfloat(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutDouble(Handlers::Selector sel, double val) {
+ return upb_sink_putdouble(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutBool(Handlers::Selector sel, bool val) {
+ return upb_sink_putbool(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::StartString(Handlers::Selector sel, size_t size_hint,
+ Sink *sub) {
+ return upb_sink_startstr(this, sel, size_hint, sub);
+}
+inline size_t Sink::PutStringBuffer(Handlers::Selector sel, const char *buf,
+ size_t len, const BufferHandle* handle) {
+ return upb_sink_putstring(this, sel, buf, len, handle);
+}
+inline bool Sink::EndString(Handlers::Selector sel) {
+ return upb_sink_endstr(this, sel);
+}
+inline bool Sink::StartSubMessage(Handlers::Selector sel, Sink* sub) {
+ return upb_sink_startsubmsg(this, sel, sub);
+}
+inline bool Sink::EndSubMessage(Handlers::Selector sel) {
+ return upb_sink_endsubmsg(this, sel);
+}
+inline bool Sink::StartSequence(Handlers::Selector sel, Sink* sub) {
+ return upb_sink_startseq(this, sel, sub);
+}
+inline bool Sink::EndSequence(Handlers::Selector sel) {
+ return upb_sink_endseq(this, sel);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+BytesSink::BytesSink(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure) {
+ Reset(handler, closure);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+void BytesSink::Reset(const BytesHandler *handler, T *closure) {
+ upb_bytessink_reset(this, handler, closure);
+}
+inline bool BytesSink::Start(size_t size_hint, void **subc) {
+ return upb_bytessink_start(this, size_hint, subc);
+}
+inline size_t BytesSink::PutBuffer(void *subc, const char *buf, size_t len,
+ const BufferHandle *handle) {
+ return upb_bytessink_putbuf(this, subc, buf, len, handle);
+}
+inline bool BytesSink::End() {
+ return upb_bytessink_end(this);
+}
+
+inline bool BufferSource::PutBuffer(const char *buf, size_t len,
+ BytesSink *sink) {
+ return upb_bufsrc_putbuf(buf, len, sink);
+}
+
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+#endif
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * For handlers that do very tiny, very simple operations, the function call
+ * overhead of calling a handler can be significant. This file allows the
+ * user to define handlers that do something very simple like store the value
+ * to memory and/or set a hasbit. JIT compilers can then special-case these
+ * handlers and emit specialized code for them instead of actually calling the
+ * handler.
+ *
+ * The functionality is very simple/limited right now but may expand to be able
+ * to call another function.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_SHIM_H
+#define UPB_SHIM_H
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ size_t offset;
+ int32_t hasbit;
+} upb_shim_data;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+struct Shim {
+ typedef upb_shim_data Data;
+
+ // Sets a handler for the given field that writes the value to the given
+ // offset and, if hasbit >= 0, sets a bit at the given bit offset. Returns
+ // true if the handler was set successfully.
+ static bool Set(Handlers *h, const FieldDef *f, size_t ofs, int32_t hasbit);
+
+ // If this handler is a shim, returns the corresponding upb::Shim::Data and
+ // stores the type in "type". Otherwise returns NULL.
+ static const Data* GetData(const Handlers* h, Handlers::Selector s,
+ FieldDef::Type* type);
+};
+
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// C API.
+bool upb_shim_set(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, size_t offset,
+ int32_t hasbit);
+const upb_shim_data *upb_shim_getdata(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s,
+ upb_fieldtype_t *type);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+// C++ Wrappers.
+namespace upb {
+inline bool Shim::Set(Handlers* h, const FieldDef* f, size_t ofs,
+ int32_t hasbit) {
+ return upb_shim_set(h, f, ofs, hasbit);
+}
+inline const Shim::Data* Shim::GetData(const Handlers* h, Handlers::Selector s,
+ FieldDef::Type* type) {
+ return upb_shim_getdata(h, s, type);
+}
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+#endif // UPB_SHIM_H
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * upb::descriptor::Reader provides a way of building upb::Defs from
+ * data in descriptor.proto format.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H
+#define UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace descriptor {
+class Reader;
+} // namespace descriptor
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::descriptor::Reader, upb_descreader);
+
+// Internal-only structs used by Reader.
+
+// upb_deflist is an internal-only dynamic array for storing a growing list of
+// upb_defs.
+typedef struct {
+ UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+ upb_def **defs;
+ size_t len;
+ size_t size;
+ bool owned;
+} upb_deflist;
+
+// We keep a stack of all the messages scopes we are currently in, as well as
+// the top-level file scope. This is necessary to correctly qualify the
+// definitions that are contained inside. "name" tracks the name of the
+// message or package (a bare name -- not qualified by any enclosing scopes).
+typedef struct {
+ UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+ char *name;
+ // Index of the first def that is under this scope. For msgdefs, the
+ // msgdef itself is at start-1.
+ int start;
+} upb_descreader_frame;
+
+// The maximum number of nested declarations that are allowed, ie.
+// message Foo {
+// message Bar {
+// message Baz {
+// }
+// }
+// }
+//
+// This is a resource limit that affects how big our runtime stack can grow.
+// TODO: make this a runtime-settable property of the Reader instance.
+#define UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_NESTING 64
+
+// Class that receives descriptor data according to the descriptor.proto schema
+// and use it to build upb::Defs corresponding to that schema.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::descriptor::Reader,
+ public:
+ // These handlers must have come from NewHandlers() and must outlive the
+ // Reader.
+ //
+ // TODO: generate the handlers statically (like we do with the
+ // descriptor.proto defs) so that there is no need to pass this parameter (or
+ // to build/memory-manage the handlers at runtime at all). Unfortunately this
+ // is a bit tricky to implement for Handlers, but necessary to simplify this
+ // interface.
+ Reader(const Handlers* handlers, Status* status);
+ ~Reader();
+
+ // Resets the reader's state and discards any defs it may have built.
+ void Reset();
+
+ // The reader's input; this is where descriptor.proto data should be sent.
+ Sink* input();
+
+ // Returns an array of all defs that have been parsed, and transfers ownership
+ // of them to "owner". The number of defs is stored in *n. Ownership of the
+ // returned array is retained and is invalidated by any other call into
+ // Reader.
+ //
+ // These defs are not frozen or resolved; they are ready to be added to a
+ // symtab.
+ upb::Def** GetDefs(void* owner, int* n);
+
+ // Builds and returns handlers for the reader, owned by "owner."
+ static Handlers* NewHandlers(const void* owner);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_descreader,
+ upb_sink sink;
+ upb_deflist defs;
+ upb_descreader_frame stack[UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_NESTING];
+ int stack_len;
+
+ uint32_t number;
+ char *name;
+ bool saw_number;
+ bool saw_name;
+
+ char *default_string;
+
+ upb_fielddef *f;
+));
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// C API.
+void upb_descreader_init(upb_descreader *r, const upb_handlers *handlers,
+ upb_status *status);
+void upb_descreader_uninit(upb_descreader *r);
+void upb_descreader_reset(upb_descreader *r);
+upb_sink *upb_descreader_input(upb_descreader *r);
+upb_def **upb_descreader_getdefs(upb_descreader *r, void *owner, int *n);
+const upb_handlers *upb_descreader_newhandlers(const void *owner);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+// C++ implementation details. /////////////////////////////////////////////////
+namespace upb {
+namespace descriptor {
+inline Reader::Reader(const Handlers *h, Status *s) {
+ upb_descreader_init(this, h, s);
+}
+inline Reader::~Reader() { upb_descreader_uninit(this); }
+inline void Reader::Reset() { upb_descreader_reset(this); }
+inline Sink* Reader::input() { return upb_descreader_input(this); }
+inline upb::Def** Reader::GetDefs(void* owner, int* n) {
+ return upb_descreader_getdefs(this, owner, n);
+}
+} // namespace descriptor
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+#endif // UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2014 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Internal-only definitions for the decoder.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_DECODER_INT_H_
+#define UPB_DECODER_INT_H_
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2014 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * upb::pb::Decoder implements a high performance, streaming, resumable decoder
+ * for the binary protobuf format.
+ *
+ * This interface works the same regardless of what decoder backend is being
+ * used. A client of this class does not need to know whether decoding is using
+ * a JITted decoder (DynASM, LLVM, etc) or an interpreted decoder. By default,
+ * it will always use the fastest available decoder. However, you can call
+ * set_allow_jit(false) to disable any JIT decoder that might be available.
+ * This is primarily useful for testing purposes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_DECODER_H_
+#define UPB_DECODER_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+class CodeCache;
+class Decoder;
+class DecoderMethod;
+class DecoderMethodOptions;
+} // namespace pb
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::CodeCache, upb_pbcodecache);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Decoder, upb_pbdecoder);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethod, upb_pbdecodermethod);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions, upb_pbdecodermethodopts);
+
+// The maximum that any submessages can be nested. Matches proto2's limit.
+// This specifies the size of the decoder's statically-sized array and therefore
+// setting it high will cause the upb::pb::Decoder object to be larger.
+//
+// If necessary we can add a runtime-settable property to Decoder that allow
+// this to be larger than the compile-time setting, but this would add
+// complexity, particularly since we would have to decide how/if to give users
+// the ability to set a custom memory allocation function.
+#define UPB_DECODER_MAX_NESTING 64
+
+// Internal-only struct used by the decoder.
+typedef struct {
+ UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+ // Space optimization note: we store two pointers here that the JIT
+ // doesn't need at all; the upb_handlers* inside the sink and
+ // the dispatch table pointer. We can optimze so that the JIT uses
+ // smaller stack frames than the interpreter. The only thing we need
+ // to guarantee is that the fallback routines can find end_ofs.
+ upb_sink sink;
+
+ // The absolute stream offset of the end-of-frame delimiter.
+ // Non-delimited frames (groups and non-packed repeated fields) reuse the
+ // delimiter of their parent, even though the frame may not end there.
+ //
+ // NOTE: the JIT stores a slightly different value here for non-top frames.
+ // It stores the value relative to the end of the enclosed message. But the
+ // top frame is still stored the same way, which is important for ensuring
+ // that calls from the JIT into C work correctly.
+ uint64_t end_ofs;
+ const uint32_t *base;
+
+ // 0 indicates a length-delimited field.
+ // A positive number indicates a known group.
+ // A negative number indicates an unknown group.
+ int32_t groupnum;
+ upb_inttable *dispatch; // Not used by the JIT.
+} upb_pbdecoder_frame;
+
+// The parameters one uses to construct a DecoderMethod.
+// TODO(haberman): move allowjit here? Seems more convenient for users.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions,
+ public:
+ // Parameter represents the destination handlers that this method will push
+ // to.
+ explicit DecoderMethodOptions(const Handlers* dest_handlers);
+
+ // Should the decoder push submessages to lazy handlers for fields that have
+ // them? The caller should set this iff the lazy handlers expect data that is
+ // in protobuf binary format and the caller wishes to lazy parse it.
+ void set_lazy(bool lazy);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_pbdecodermethodopts,
+ const upb_handlers *handlers;
+ bool lazy;
+));
+
+// Represents the code to parse a protobuf according to a destination Handlers.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::pb::DecoderMethod, upb::RefCounted,
+ public:
+ // From upb::ReferenceCounted.
+ void Ref(const void* owner) const;
+ void Unref(const void* owner) const;
+ void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
+ void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+
+ // The destination handlers that are statically bound to this method.
+ // This method is only capable of outputting to a sink that uses these
+ // handlers.
+ const Handlers* dest_handlers() const;
+
+ // The input handlers for this decoder method.
+ const BytesHandler* input_handler() const;
+
+ // Whether this method is native.
+ bool is_native() const;
+
+ // Convenience method for generating a DecoderMethod without explicitly
+ // creating a CodeCache.
+ static reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod> New(const DecoderMethodOptions& opts);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(DecoderMethod, upb::pb::DecoderMethod);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_pbdecodermethod, upb_refcounted,
+ // While compiling, the base is relative in "ofs", after compiling it is
+ // absolute in "ptr".
+ union {
+ uint32_t ofs; // PC offset of method.
+ void *ptr; // Pointer to bytecode or machine code for this method.
+ } code_base;
+
+ // The decoder method group to which this method belongs. We own a ref.
+ // Owning a ref on the entire group is more coarse-grained than is strictly
+ // necessary; all we truly require is that methods we directly reference
+ // outlive us, while the group could contain many other messages we don't
+ // require. But the group represents the messages that were
+ // allocated+compiled together, so it makes the most sense to free them
+ // together also.
+ const upb_refcounted *group;
+
+ // Whether this method is native code or bytecode.
+ bool is_native_;
+
+ // The handler one calls to invoke this method.
+ upb_byteshandler input_handler_;
+
+ // The destination handlers this method is bound to. We own a ref.
+ const upb_handlers *dest_handlers_;
+
+ // Dispatch table -- used by both bytecode decoder and JIT when encountering a
+ // field number that wasn't the one we were expecting to see. See
+ // decoder.int.h for the layout of this table.
+ upb_inttable dispatch;
+));
+
+// A Decoder receives binary protobuf data on its input sink and pushes the
+// decoded data to its output sink.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::pb::Decoder,
+ public:
+ // Constructs a decoder instance for the given method, which must outlive this
+ // decoder. Any errors during parsing will be set on the given status, which
+ // must also outlive this decoder.
+ Decoder(const DecoderMethod* method, Status* status);
+ ~Decoder();
+
+ // Returns the DecoderMethod this decoder is parsing from.
+ // TODO(haberman): Do users need to be able to rebind this?
+ const DecoderMethod* method() const;
+
+ // Resets the state of the decoder.
+ void Reset();
+
+ // Returns number of bytes successfully parsed.
+ //
+ // This can be useful for determining the stream position where an error
+ // occurred.
+ //
+ // This value may not be up-to-date when called from inside a parsing
+ // callback.
+ uint64_t BytesParsed() const;
+
+ // Resets the output sink of the Decoder.
+ // The given sink must match method()->dest_handlers().
+ //
+ // This must be called at least once before the decoder can be used. It may
+ // only be called with the decoder is in a state where it was just created or
+ // reset with pipeline.Reset(). The given sink must be from the same pipeline
+ // as this decoder.
+ bool ResetOutput(Sink* sink);
+
+ // The sink on which this decoder receives input.
+ BytesSink* input();
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Decoder);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_pbdecoder, UPB_QUOTE(
+ // Our input sink.
+ upb_bytessink input_;
+
+ // The decoder method we are parsing with (owned).
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *method_;
+
+ size_t call_len;
+ const uint32_t *pc, *last;
+
+ // Current input buffer and its stream offset.
+ const char *buf, *ptr, *end, *checkpoint;
+
+ // End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, or NULL if not in this buf.
+ const char *delim_end;
+
+ // End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, or end if not in this buf.
+ const char *data_end;
+
+ // Overall stream offset of "buf."
+ uint64_t bufstart_ofs;
+
+ // Buffer for residual bytes not parsed from the previous buffer.
+ // The maximum number of residual bytes we require is 12; a five-byte
+ // unknown tag plus an eight-byte value, less one because the value
+ // is only a partial value.
+ char residual[12];
+ char *residual_end;
+
+ // Stores the user buffer passed to our decode function.
+ const char *buf_param;
+ size_t size_param;
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle;
+
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ // Used momentarily by the generated code to store a value while a user
+ // function is called.
+ uint32_t tmp_len;
+
+ const void *saved_rsp;
+#endif
+
+ upb_status *status;
+
+ // Our internal stack.
+ upb_pbdecoder_frame *top, *limit;
+ upb_pbdecoder_frame stack[UPB_DECODER_MAX_NESTING];
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ // Each native stack frame needs two pointers, plus we need a few frames for
+ // the enter/exit trampolines.
+ const uint32_t *callstack[(UPB_DECODER_MAX_NESTING * 2) + 10];
+#else
+ const uint32_t *callstack[UPB_DECODER_MAX_NESTING];
+#endif
+)));
+
+// A class for caching protobuf processing code, whether bytecode for the
+// interpreted decoder or machine code for the JIT.
+//
+// This class is not thread-safe.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::pb::CodeCache,
+ public:
+ CodeCache();
+ ~CodeCache();
+
+ // Whether the cache is allowed to generate machine code. Defaults to true.
+ // There is no real reason to turn it off except for testing or if you are
+ // having a specific problem with the JIT.
+ //
+ // Note that allow_jit = true does not *guarantee* that the code will be JIT
+ // compiled. If this platform is not supported or the JIT was not compiled
+ // in, the code may still be interpreted.
+ bool allow_jit() const;
+
+ // This may only be called when the object is first constructed, and prior to
+ // any code generation, otherwise returns false and does nothing.
+ bool set_allow_jit(bool allow);
+
+ // Returns a DecoderMethod that can push data to the given handlers.
+ // If a suitable method already exists, it will be returned from the cache.
+ //
+ // Specifying the destination handlers here allows the DecoderMethod to be
+ // statically bound to the destination handlers if possible, which can allow
+ // more efficient decoding. However the returned method may or may not
+ // actually be statically bound. But in all cases, the returned method can
+ // push data to the given handlers.
+ const DecoderMethod *GetDecoderMethod(const DecoderMethodOptions& opts);
+
+ // If/when someone needs to explicitly create a dynamically-bound
+ // DecoderMethod*, we can add a method to get it here.
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(CodeCache);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_pbcodecache,
+ bool allow_jit_;
+
+ // Array of mgroups.
+ upb_inttable groups;
+));
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+void upb_pbdecoder_init(upb_pbdecoder *d, const upb_pbdecodermethod *method,
+ upb_status *status);
+void upb_pbdecoder_uninit(upb_pbdecoder *d);
+void upb_pbdecoder_reset(upb_pbdecoder *d);
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecoder_method(const upb_pbdecoder *d);
+bool upb_pbdecoder_resetoutput(upb_pbdecoder *d, upb_sink *sink);
+upb_bytessink *upb_pbdecoder_input(upb_pbdecoder *d);
+uint64_t upb_pbdecoder_bytesparsed(const upb_pbdecoder *d);
+
+void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts,
+ const upb_handlers *h);
+void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_setlazy(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, bool lazy);
+
+void upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m, const void *owner);
+void upb_pbdecodermethod_unref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m, const void *owner);
+void upb_pbdecodermethod_donateref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m,
+ const void *from, const void *to);
+void upb_pbdecodermethod_checkref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m,
+ const void *owner);
+const upb_handlers *upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m);
+const upb_byteshandler *upb_pbdecodermethod_inputhandler(
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m);
+bool upb_pbdecodermethod_isnative(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m);
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecodermethod_new(
+ const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, const void *owner);
+
+void upb_pbcodecache_init(upb_pbcodecache *c);
+void upb_pbcodecache_uninit(upb_pbcodecache *c);
+bool upb_pbcodecache_allowjit(const upb_pbcodecache *c);
+bool upb_pbcodecache_setallowjit(upb_pbcodecache *c, bool allow);
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(
+ upb_pbcodecache *c, const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+namespace pb {
+
+inline Decoder::Decoder(const DecoderMethod* m, Status* s) {
+ upb_pbdecoder_init(this, m, s);
+}
+inline Decoder::~Decoder() {
+ upb_pbdecoder_uninit(this);
+}
+inline const DecoderMethod* Decoder::method() const {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_method(this);
+}
+inline void Decoder::Reset() {
+ upb_pbdecoder_reset(this);
+}
+inline uint64_t Decoder::BytesParsed() const {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_bytesparsed(this);
+}
+inline bool Decoder::ResetOutput(Sink* sink) {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_resetoutput(this, sink);
+}
+inline BytesSink* Decoder::input() {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_input(this);
+}
+
+inline DecoderMethodOptions::DecoderMethodOptions(const Handlers* h) {
+ upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(this, h);
+}
+inline void DecoderMethodOptions::set_lazy(bool lazy) {
+ upb_pbdecodermethodopts_setlazy(this, lazy);
+}
+
+inline void DecoderMethod::Ref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void DecoderMethod::Unref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_pbdecodermethod_unref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void DecoderMethod::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const {
+ upb_pbdecodermethod_donateref(this, from, to);
+}
+inline void DecoderMethod::CheckRef(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_pbdecodermethod_checkref(this, owner);
+}
+inline const Handlers* DecoderMethod::dest_handlers() const {
+ return upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(this);
+}
+inline const BytesHandler* DecoderMethod::input_handler() const {
+ return upb_pbdecodermethod_inputhandler(this);
+}
+inline bool DecoderMethod::is_native() const {
+ return upb_pbdecodermethod_isnative(this);
+}
+// static
+inline reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod> DecoderMethod::New(
+ const DecoderMethodOptions &opts) {
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m = upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, &m);
+ return reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod>(m, &m);
+}
+
+inline CodeCache::CodeCache() {
+ upb_pbcodecache_init(this);
+}
+inline CodeCache::~CodeCache() {
+ upb_pbcodecache_uninit(this);
+}
+inline bool CodeCache::allow_jit() const {
+ return upb_pbcodecache_allowjit(this);
+}
+inline bool CodeCache::set_allow_jit(bool allow) {
+ return upb_pbcodecache_setallowjit(this, allow);
+}
+inline const DecoderMethod *CodeCache::GetDecoderMethod(
+ const DecoderMethodOptions& opts) {
+ return upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(this, &opts);
+}
+
+} // namespace pb
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+#endif /* UPB_DECODER_H_ */
+
+// Opcode definitions. The canonical meaning of each opcode is its
+// implementation in the interpreter (the JIT is written to match this).
+//
+// All instructions have the opcode in the low byte.
+// Instruction format for most instructions is:
+//
+// +-------------------+--------+
+// | arg (24) | op (8) |
+// +-------------------+--------+
+//
+// Exceptions are indicated below. A few opcodes are multi-word.
+typedef enum {
+ // Opcodes 1-8, 13, 15-18 parse their respective descriptor types.
+ // Arg for all of these is the upb selector for this field.
+#define T(type) OP_PARSE_ ## type = UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ ## type
+ T(DOUBLE), T(FLOAT), T(INT64), T(UINT64), T(INT32), T(FIXED64), T(FIXED32),
+ T(BOOL), T(UINT32), T(SFIXED32), T(SFIXED64), T(SINT32), T(SINT64),
+#undef T
+ OP_STARTMSG = 9, // No arg.
+ OP_ENDMSG = 10, // No arg.
+ OP_STARTSEQ = 11,
+ OP_ENDSEQ = 12,
+ OP_STARTSUBMSG = 14,
+ OP_ENDSUBMSG = 19,
+ OP_STARTSTR = 20,
+ OP_STRING = 21,
+ OP_ENDSTR = 22,
+
+ OP_PUSHTAGDELIM = 23, // No arg.
+ OP_PUSHLENDELIM = 24, // No arg.
+ OP_POP = 25, // No arg.
+ OP_SETDELIM = 26, // No arg.
+ OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM = 27, // two words: | unused (24) | opc || groupnum (32) |
+ OP_CHECKDELIM = 28,
+ OP_CALL = 29,
+ OP_RET = 30,
+ OP_BRANCH = 31,
+
+ // Different opcodes depending on how many bytes expected.
+ OP_TAG1 = 32, // | expected tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) |
+ OP_TAG2 = 33, // | expected tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) |
+ OP_TAGN = 34, // three words:
+ // | unused (16) | jump target(8) | opc (8) |
+ // | expected tag 1 (32) |
+ // | expected tag 2 (32) |
+
+ OP_SETDISPATCH = 35, // N words:
+ // | unused (24) | opc |
+ // | upb_inttable* (32 or 64) |
+
+ OP_HALT = 36, // No arg.
+} opcode;
+
+#define OP_MAX OP_HALT
+
+UPB_INLINE opcode getop(uint32_t instr) { return instr & 0xff; }
+
+// Method group; represents a set of decoder methods that had their code
+// emitted together, and must therefore be freed together. Immutable once
+// created. It is possible we may want to expose this to users at some point.
+//
+// Overall ownership of Decoder objects looks like this:
+//
+// +----------+
+// | | <---> DecoderMethod
+// | method |
+// CodeCache ---> | group | <---> DecoderMethod
+// | |
+// | (mgroup) | <---> DecoderMethod
+// +----------+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ // Maps upb_msgdef/upb_handlers -> upb_pbdecodermethod. We own refs on the
+ // methods.
+ upb_inttable methods;
+
+ // When we add the ability to link to previously existing mgroups, we'll
+ // need an array of mgroups we reference here, and own refs on them.
+
+ // The bytecode for our methods, if any exists. Owned by us.
+ uint32_t *bytecode;
+ uint32_t *bytecode_end;
+
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ // JIT-generated machine code, if any.
+ upb_string_handlerfunc *jit_code;
+ // The size of the jit_code (required to munmap()).
+ size_t jit_size;
+ char *debug_info;
+ void *dl;
+#endif
+} mgroup;
+
+// Decoder entry points; used as handlers.
+void *upb_pbdecoder_startbc(void *closure, const void *pc, size_t size_hint);
+void *upb_pbdecoder_startjit(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint);
+size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle);
+bool upb_pbdecoder_end(void *closure, const void *handler_data);
+
+// Decoder-internal functions that the JIT calls to handle fallback paths.
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_resume(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *p, const char *buf,
+ size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle);
+size_t upb_pbdecoder_suspend(upb_pbdecoder *d);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown(upb_pbdecoder *d, int32_t fieldnum,
+ uint8_t wire_type);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t expected);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64);
+void upb_pbdecoder_seterr(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *msg);
+
+// Error messages that are shared between the bytecode and JIT decoders.
+extern const char *kPbDecoderStackOverflow;
+
+// Access to decoderplan members needed by the decoder.
+const char *upb_pbdecoder_getopname(unsigned int op);
+
+// JIT codegen entry point.
+void upb_pbdecoder_jit(mgroup *group);
+void upb_pbdecoder_freejit(mgroup *group);
+
+// A special label that means "do field dispatch for this message and branch to
+// wherever that takes you."
+#define LABEL_DISPATCH 0
+
+// A special slot in the dispatch table that stores the epilogue (ENDMSG and/or
+// RET) for branching to when we find an appropriate ENDGROUP tag.
+#define DISPATCH_ENDMSG 0
+
+// It's important to use this invalid wire type instead of 0 (which is a valid
+// wire type).
+#define NO_WIRE_TYPE 0xff
+
+// The dispatch table layout is:
+// [field number] -> [ 48-bit offset ][ 8-bit wt2 ][ 8-bit wt1 ]
+//
+// If wt1 matches, jump to the 48-bit offset. If wt2 matches, lookup
+// (UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER + fieldnum) and jump there.
+//
+// We need two wire types because of packed/non-packed compatibility. A
+// primitive repeated field can use either wire type and be valid. While we
+// could key the table on fieldnum+wiretype, the table would be 8x sparser.
+//
+// Storing two wire types in the primary value allows us to quickly rule out
+// the second wire type without needing to do a separate lookup (this case is
+// less common than an unknown field).
+UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_pbdecoder_packdispatch(uint64_t ofs, uint8_t wt1,
+ uint8_t wt2) {
+ return (ofs << 16) | (wt2 << 8) | wt1;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_pbdecoder_unpackdispatch(uint64_t dispatch, uint64_t *ofs,
+ uint8_t *wt1, uint8_t *wt2) {
+ *wt1 = (uint8_t)dispatch;
+ *wt2 = (uint8_t)(dispatch >> 8);
+ *ofs = dispatch >> 16;
+}
+
+// All of the functions in decoder.c that return int32_t return values according
+// to the following scheme:
+// 1. negative values indicate a return code from the following list.
+// 2. positive values indicate that error or end of buffer was hit, and
+// that the decode function should immediately return the given value
+// (the decoder state has already been suspended and is ready to be
+// resumed).
+#define DECODE_OK -1
+#define DECODE_MISMATCH -2 // Used only from checktag_slow().
+#define DECODE_ENDGROUP -3 // Used only from checkunknown().
+
+#define CHECK_RETURN(x) { int32_t ret = x; if (ret >= 0) return ret; }
+
+#endif // UPB_DECODER_INT_H_
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * A number of routines for varint manipulation (we keep them all around to
+ * have multiple approaches available for benchmarking).
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_VARINT_DECODER_H_
+#define UPB_VARINT_DECODER_H_
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// A list of types as they are encoded on-the-wire.
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT = 0,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT = 1,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED = 2,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP = 3,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP = 4,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT = 5,
+} upb_wiretype_t;
+
+#define UPB_MAX_WIRE_TYPE 5
+
+// The maximum number of bytes that it takes to encode a 64-bit varint.
+// Note that with a better encoding this could be 9 (TODO: write up a
+// wiki document about this).
+#define UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN 10
+
+// Array of the "native" (ie. non-packed-repeated) wire type for the given a
+// descriptor type (upb_descriptortype_t).
+extern const uint8_t upb_pb_native_wire_types[];
+
+/* Zig-zag encoding/decoding **************************************************/
+
+UPB_INLINE int32_t upb_zzdec_32(uint32_t n) {
+ return (n >> 1) ^ -(int32_t)(n & 1);
+}
+UPB_INLINE int64_t upb_zzdec_64(uint64_t n) {
+ return (n >> 1) ^ -(int64_t)(n & 1);
+}
+UPB_INLINE uint32_t upb_zzenc_32(int32_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 31); }
+UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_zzenc_64(int64_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 63); }
+
+/* Decoding *******************************************************************/
+
+// All decoding functions return this struct by value.
+typedef struct {
+ const char *p; // NULL if the varint was unterminated.
+ uint64_t val;
+} upb_decoderet;
+
+// Four functions for decoding a varint of at most eight bytes. They are all
+// functionally identical, but are implemented in different ways and likely have
+// different performance profiles. We keep them around for performance testing.
+//
+// Note that these functions may not read byte-by-byte, so they must not be used
+// unless there are at least eight bytes left in the buffer!
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch32(upb_decoderet r);
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch64(upb_decoderet r);
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_wright(upb_decoderet r);
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_massimino(upb_decoderet r);
+
+// Template for a function that checks the first two bytes with branching
+// and dispatches 2-10 bytes with a separate function. Note that this may read
+// up to 10 bytes, so it must not be used unless there are at least ten bytes
+// left in the buffer!
+#define UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(name, decode_max8_function) \
+UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_check2_ ## name(const char *_p) { \
+ uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)_p; \
+ if ((*p & 0x80) == 0) { upb_decoderet r = {_p + 1, *p & 0x7fU}; return r; } \
+ upb_decoderet r = {_p + 2, (*p & 0x7fU) | ((*(p + 1) & 0x7fU) << 7)}; \
+ if ((*(p + 1) & 0x80) == 0) return r; \
+ return decode_max8_function(r); \
+}
+
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch32, upb_vdecode_max8_branch32);
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch64, upb_vdecode_max8_branch64);
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(wright, upb_vdecode_max8_wright);
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(massimino, upb_vdecode_max8_massimino);
+#undef UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2
+
+// Our canonical functions for decoding varints, based on the currently
+// favored best-performing implementations.
+UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_fast(const char *p) {
+ if (sizeof(long) == 8)
+ return upb_vdecode_check2_branch64(p);
+ else
+ return upb_vdecode_check2_branch32(p);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_fast(upb_decoderet r) {
+ return upb_vdecode_max8_massimino(r);
+}
+
+
+/* Encoding *******************************************************************/
+
+UPB_INLINE int upb_value_size(uint64_t val) {
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ int high_bit = 63 - __builtin_clzll(val); // 0-based, undef if val == 0.
+#else
+ int high_bit = 0;
+ uint64_t tmp = val;
+ while(tmp >>= 1) high_bit++;
+#endif
+ return val == 0 ? 1 : high_bit / 8 + 1;
+}
+
+// Encodes a 64-bit varint into buf (which must be >=UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN
+// bytes long), returning how many bytes were used.
+//
+// TODO: benchmark and optimize if necessary.
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_vencode64(uint64_t val, char *buf) {
+ if (val == 0) { buf[0] = 0; return 1; }
+ size_t i = 0;
+ while (val) {
+ uint8_t byte = val & 0x7fU;
+ val >>= 7;
+ if (val) byte |= 0x80U;
+ buf[i++] = byte;
+ }
+ return i;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_varint_size(uint64_t val) {
+ char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN];
+ return upb_vencode64(val, buf);
+}
+
+// Encodes a 32-bit varint, *not* sign-extended.
+UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_vencode32(uint32_t val) {
+ char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN];
+ size_t bytes = upb_vencode64(val, buf);
+ uint64_t ret = 0;
+ assert(bytes <= 5);
+ memcpy(&ret, buf, bytes);
+ assert(ret <= 0xffffffffffU);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_VARINT_DECODER_H_ */
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Implements a set of upb_handlers that write protobuf data to the binary wire
+ * format.
+ *
+ * This encoder implementation does not have any access to any out-of-band or
+ * precomputed lengths for submessages, so it must buffer submessages internally
+ * before it can emit the first byte.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_ENCODER_H_
+#define UPB_ENCODER_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+class Encoder;
+} // namespace pb
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Encoder, upb_pb_encoder);
+
+#define UPB_PBENCODER_MAX_NESTING 100
+
+/* upb::pb::Encoder ***********************************************************/
+
+// The output buffer is divided into segments; a segment is a string of data
+// that is "ready to go" -- it does not need any varint lengths inserted into
+// the middle. The seams between segments are where varints will be inserted
+// once they are known.
+//
+// We also use the concept of a "run", which is a range of encoded bytes that
+// occur at a single submessage level. Every segment contains one or more runs.
+//
+// A segment can span messages. Consider:
+//
+// .--Submessage lengths---------.
+// | | |
+// | V V
+// V | |--------------- | |-----------------
+// Submessages: | |-----------------------------------------------
+// Top-level msg: ------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Segments: ----- ------------------- -----------------
+// Runs: *---- *--------------*--- *----------------
+// (* marks the start)
+//
+// Note that the top-level menssage is not in any segment because it does not
+// have any length preceding it.
+//
+// A segment is only interrupted when another length needs to be inserted. So
+// observe how the second segment spans both the inner submessage and part of
+// the next enclosing message.
+typedef struct {
+ UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+ uint32_t msglen; // The length to varint-encode before this segment.
+ uint32_t seglen; // Length of the segment.
+} upb_pb_encoder_segment;
+
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::pb::Encoder,
+ public:
+ Encoder(const upb::Handlers* handlers);
+ ~Encoder();
+
+ static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const upb::MessageDef* msg);
+
+ // Resets the state of the printer, so that it will expect to begin a new
+ // document.
+ void Reset();
+
+ // Resets the output pointer which will serve as our closure.
+ void ResetOutput(BytesSink* output);
+
+ // The input to the encoder.
+ Sink* input();
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Encoder);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_pb_encoder, UPB_QUOTE(
+ // Our input and output.
+ upb_sink input_;
+ upb_bytessink *output_;
+
+ // The "subclosure" -- used as the inner closure as part of the bytessink
+ // protocol.
+ void *subc;
+
+ // The output buffer and limit, and our current write position. "buf"
+ // initially points to "initbuf", but is dynamically allocated if we need to
+ // grow beyond the initial size.
+ char *buf, *ptr, *limit;
+
+ // The beginning of the current run, or undefined if we are at the top level.
+ char *runbegin;
+
+ // The list of segments we are accumulating.
+ upb_pb_encoder_segment *segbuf, *segptr, *seglimit;
+
+ // The stack of enclosing submessages. Each entry in the stack points to the
+ // segment where this submessage's length is being accumulated.
+ int stack[UPB_PBENCODER_MAX_NESTING], *top, *stacklimit;
+
+ // Depth of startmsg/endmsg calls.
+ int depth;
+
+ // Initial buffers for the output buffer and segment buffer. If we outgrow
+ // these we will dynamically allocate bigger ones.
+ char initbuf[256];
+ upb_pb_encoder_segment seginitbuf[32];
+)));
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_pb_encoder_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner);
+void upb_pb_encoder_reset(upb_pb_encoder *e);
+upb_sink *upb_pb_encoder_input(upb_pb_encoder *p);
+void upb_pb_encoder_init(upb_pb_encoder *e, const upb_handlers *h);
+void upb_pb_encoder_resetoutput(upb_pb_encoder *e, upb_bytessink *output);
+void upb_pb_encoder_uninit(upb_pb_encoder *e);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+inline Encoder::Encoder(const upb::Handlers* handlers) {
+ upb_pb_encoder_init(this, handlers);
+}
+inline Encoder::~Encoder() {
+ upb_pb_encoder_uninit(this);
+}
+inline void Encoder::Reset() {
+ upb_pb_encoder_reset(this);
+}
+inline void Encoder::ResetOutput(BytesSink* output) {
+ upb_pb_encoder_resetoutput(this, output);
+}
+inline Sink* Encoder::input() {
+ return upb_pb_encoder_input(this);
+}
+inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Encoder::NewHandlers(
+ const upb::MessageDef *md) {
+ const Handlers* h = upb_pb_encoder_newhandlers(md, &h);
+ return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+} // namespace pb
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_ENCODER_H_ */
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * upb's core components like upb_decoder and upb_msg are carefully designed to
+ * avoid depending on each other for maximum orthogonality. In other words,
+ * you can use a upb_decoder to decode into *any* kind of structure; upb_msg is
+ * just one such structure. A upb_msg can be serialized/deserialized into any
+ * format, protobuf binary format is just one such format.
+ *
+ * However, for convenience we provide functions here for doing common
+ * operations like deserializing protobuf binary format into a upb_msg. The
+ * compromise is that this file drags in almost all of upb as a dependency,
+ * which could be undesirable if you're trying to use a trimmed-down build of
+ * upb.
+ *
+ * While these routines are convenient, they do not reuse any encoding/decoding
+ * state. For example, if a decoder is JIT-based, it will be re-JITted every
+ * time these functions are called. For this reason, if you are parsing lots
+ * of data and efficiency is an issue, these may not be the best functions to
+ * use (though they are useful for prototyping, before optimizing).
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_GLUE_H
+#define UPB_GLUE_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// Loads all defs from the given protobuf binary descriptor, setting default
+// accessors and a default layout on all messages. The caller owns the
+// returned array of defs, which will be of length *n. On error NULL is
+// returned and status is set (if non-NULL).
+upb_def **upb_load_defs_from_descriptor(const char *str, size_t len, int *n,
+ void *owner, upb_status *status);
+
+// Like the previous but also adds the loaded defs to the given symtab.
+bool upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(upb_symtab *symtab, const char *str,
+ size_t len, upb_status *status);
+
+// Like the previous but also reads the descriptor from the given filename.
+bool upb_load_descriptor_file_into_symtab(upb_symtab *symtab, const char *fname,
+ upb_status *status);
+
+// Reads the given filename into a character string, returning NULL if there
+// was an error.
+char *upb_readfile(const char *filename, size_t *len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+
+namespace upb {
+
+// All routines that load descriptors expect the descriptor to be a
+// FileDescriptorSet.
+inline bool LoadDescriptorFileIntoSymtab(SymbolTable* s, const char *fname,
+ Status* status) {
+ return upb_load_descriptor_file_into_symtab(s, fname, status);
+}
+
+inline bool LoadDescriptorIntoSymtab(SymbolTable* s, const char* str,
+ size_t len, Status* status) {
+ return upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(s, str, len, status);
+}
+
+// Templated so it can accept both string and std::string.
+template <typename T>
+bool LoadDescriptorIntoSymtab(SymbolTable* s, const T& desc, Status* status) {
+ return upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(s, desc.c_str(), desc.size(), status);
+}
+
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_TEXT_H_
+#define UPB_TEXT_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+class TextPrinter;
+} // namespace pb
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::TextPrinter, upb_textprinter);
+
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::pb::TextPrinter,
+ public:
+ // The given handlers must have come from NewHandlers(). It must outlive the
+ // TextPrinter.
+ explicit TextPrinter(const upb::Handlers* handlers);
+
+ void SetSingleLineMode(bool single_line);
+
+ bool ResetOutput(BytesSink* output);
+ Sink* input();
+
+ // If handler caching becomes a requirement we can add a code cache as in
+ // decoder.h
+ static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const MessageDef* md);
+
+ private:
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_textprinter,
+ upb_sink input_;
+ upb_bytessink *output_;
+ int indent_depth_;
+ bool single_line_;
+ void *subc;
+));
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// C API.
+void upb_textprinter_init(upb_textprinter *p, const upb_handlers *h);
+void upb_textprinter_uninit(upb_textprinter *p);
+bool upb_textprinter_resetoutput(upb_textprinter *p, upb_bytessink *output);
+void upb_textprinter_setsingleline(upb_textprinter *p, bool single_line);
+upb_sink *upb_textprinter_input(upb_textprinter *p);
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_textprinter_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+inline TextPrinter::TextPrinter(const upb::Handlers* handlers) {
+ upb_textprinter_init(this, handlers);
+}
+inline void TextPrinter::SetSingleLineMode(bool single_line) {
+ upb_textprinter_setsingleline(this, single_line);
+}
+inline bool TextPrinter::ResetOutput(BytesSink* output) {
+ return upb_textprinter_resetoutput(this, output);
+}
+inline Sink* TextPrinter::input() {
+ return upb_textprinter_input(this);
+}
+inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> TextPrinter::NewHandlers(
+ const MessageDef *md) {
+ const Handlers* h = upb_textprinter_newhandlers(md, &h);
+ return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+} // namespace pb
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_TEXT_H_ */
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * upb::json::Parser can parse JSON according to a specific schema.
+ * Support for parsing arbitrary JSON (schema-less) will be added later.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_
+#define UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace json {
+class Parser;
+} // namespace json
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Parser, upb_json_parser);
+
+// Internal-only struct used by the parser.
+typedef struct {
+ UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+ upb_sink sink;
+ const upb_msgdef *m;
+ const upb_fielddef *f;
+} upb_jsonparser_frame;
+
+
+/* upb::json::Parser **********************************************************/
+
+#define UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH 64
+
+// Parses an incoming BytesStream, pushing the results to the destination sink.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::json::Parser,
+ public:
+ Parser(Status* status);
+ ~Parser();
+
+ // Resets the state of the printer, so that it will expect to begin a new
+ // document.
+ void Reset();
+
+ // Resets the output pointer which will serve as our closure. Implies
+ // Reset().
+ void ResetOutput(Sink* output);
+
+ // The input to the printer.
+ BytesSink* input();
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_json_parser,
+ upb_byteshandler input_handler_;
+ upb_bytessink input_;
+
+ // Stack to track the JSON scopes we are in.
+ upb_jsonparser_frame stack[UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH];
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *top;
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *limit;
+
+ upb_status *status;
+
+ // Ragel's internal parsing stack for the parsing state machine.
+ int current_state;
+ int parser_stack[UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH];
+ int parser_top;
+
+ // A pointer to the beginning of whatever text we are currently parsing.
+ const char *text_begin;
+
+ // We have to accumulate text for member names, integers, unicode escapes, and
+ // base64 partial results.
+ const char *accumulated;
+ size_t accumulated_len;
+ // TODO: add members and code for allocating a buffer when necessary (when the
+ // member spans input buffers or contains escapes).
+));
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+void upb_json_parser_init(upb_json_parser *p, upb_status *status);
+void upb_json_parser_uninit(upb_json_parser *p);
+void upb_json_parser_reset(upb_json_parser *p);
+void upb_json_parser_resetoutput(upb_json_parser *p, upb_sink *output);
+upb_bytessink *upb_json_parser_input(upb_json_parser *p);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+namespace json {
+inline Parser::Parser(Status* status) { upb_json_parser_init(this, status); }
+inline Parser::~Parser() { upb_json_parser_uninit(this); }
+inline void Parser::Reset() { upb_json_parser_reset(this); }
+inline void Parser::ResetOutput(Sink* output) {
+ upb_json_parser_resetoutput(this, output);
+}
+inline BytesSink* Parser::input() {
+ return upb_json_parser_input(this);
+}
+} // namespace json
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif // UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * upb::json::Printer allows you to create handlers that emit JSON
+ * according to a specific protobuf schema.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_
+#define UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace json {
+class Printer;
+} // namespace json
+} // namespace upb
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Printer, upb_json_printer);
+
+
+/* upb::json::Printer *********************************************************/
+
+// Prints an incoming stream of data to a BytesSink in JSON format.
+UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::json::Printer,
+ public:
+ Printer(const upb::Handlers* handlers);
+ ~Printer();
+
+ // Resets the state of the printer, so that it will expect to begin a new
+ // document.
+ void Reset();
+
+ // Resets the output pointer which will serve as our closure. Implies
+ // Reset().
+ void ResetOutput(BytesSink* output);
+
+ // The input to the printer.
+ Sink* input();
+
+ // Returns handlers for printing according to the specified schema.
+ static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const upb::MessageDef* md);
+,
+UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_json_printer,
+ upb_sink input_;
+ // BytesSink closure.
+ void *subc_;
+ upb_bytessink *output_;
+
+ // We track the depth so that we know when to emit startstr/endstr on the
+ // output.
+ int depth_;
+ // Have we emitted the first element? This state is necessary to emit commas
+ // without leaving a trailing comma in arrays/maps. We keep this state per
+ // frame depth.
+ //
+ // Why max_depth * 2? UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH counts depth as nested messages.
+ // We count frames (contexts in which we separate elements by commas) as both
+ // repeated fields and messages (maps), and the worst case is a
+ // message->repeated field->submessage->repeated field->... nesting.
+ bool first_elem_[UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH * 2];
+));
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+
+// Native C API.
+
+void upb_json_printer_init(upb_json_printer *p, const upb_handlers *h);
+void upb_json_printer_uninit(upb_json_printer *p);
+void upb_json_printer_reset(upb_json_printer *p);
+void upb_json_printer_resetoutput(upb_json_printer *p, upb_bytessink *output);
+upb_sink *upb_json_printer_input(upb_json_printer *p);
+const upb_handlers *upb_json_printer_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *md,
+ const void *owner);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+namespace json {
+inline Printer::Printer(const upb::Handlers* handlers) {
+ upb_json_printer_init(this, handlers);
+}
+inline Printer::~Printer() { upb_json_printer_uninit(this); }
+inline void Printer::Reset() { upb_json_printer_reset(this); }
+inline void Printer::ResetOutput(BytesSink* output) {
+ upb_json_printer_resetoutput(this, output);
+}
+inline Sink* Printer::input() { return upb_json_printer_input(this); }
+inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Printer::NewHandlers(
+ const upb::MessageDef *md) {
+ const Handlers* h = upb_json_printer_newhandlers(md, &h);
+ return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+} // namespace json
+} // namespace upb
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_